मोड्युल:Citation/CS1: संशोधनहरू बीचको भिन्नता

परमेश्वरको मण्डली विश्वकोशबाट
अन्वेषणमा जानुहाेस् खाेजमा जानुहाेस्
कुनै सम्पादन सारांश छैन
कुनै सम्पादन सारांश छैन
 
पङ्क्ति १: पङ्क्ति १:
require ('Module:No globals');
 
local cs1 ={};


--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]
local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
date_name_xlate


each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit
local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, is_wikilink, make_wikilink;


]]
local z ={}; -- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities


local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
local extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels, build_id_list, is_embargoed; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers


local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
local z ={}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities


local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist




--[[------------------< P A G E  S C O P E  V A R I A B L E S >---------------
--[[--------------------------< P A G E  S C O P E  V A R I A B L E S >--------------------------------------


declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from
delare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; thatare created here
other modules; that are created here and used here
and used here


]]
]]


local added_deprecated_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_deprecated_cat; -- boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_vanc_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
local added_generic_name_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one generic name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered
local added_vanc_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
 
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table
local is_preview_mode; -- true when article is in preview mode; false when using 'Preview page with this template' (previewing the module)
local is_sandbox; -- true when using sandbox modules to render citation




पङ्क्ति ४७: पङ्क्ति ४९:
local i = 1;
local i = 1;
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then
if is_set( list[i] ) then
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
end
end
पङ्क्ति ६०: पङ्क्ति ६२:
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.


added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above
added_vanc_errs is a boolean declared in page scope variables above


]]
]]


local function add_vanc_error (source, position)
local function add_vanc_error (source)
if added_vanc_errs then return end
if not added_vanc_errs then
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {source}, true ) } );
utilities.set_message ('err_vancouver', {source, position});
end
end
end


पङ्क्ति ७४: पङ्क्ति ७६:
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------


does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
पङ्क्ति ९७: पङ्क्ति ९९:
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db
list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db


RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.


Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported


domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD.  tld
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld.  tld
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.


There are several tests:
There are several tests:
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org and .cash TLDs
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
पङ्क्ति ११९: पङ्क्ति १२१:
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed


returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false


]=]
]=]
पङ्क्ति १३०: पङ्क्ति १३२:
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
return false;
return false;
end
end
 
-- Do most common case first
if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource
if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.cash$') then -- one character/digit .cash hostname
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character/digit .org hostname
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld
return true;
elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address
return true;
else
return false;
return false;
end
end
local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
'%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars)
'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD
'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address
}
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list
if domain:match (pattern) then
return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL
end
end
for _, d in ipairs ({'cash', 'company', 'today', 'org'}) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains
if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then
return true
end
end
return false; -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is
end
end


पङ्क्ति १६५: पङ्क्ति १६२:
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------


returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false.
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false.


This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
पङ्क्ति १७४: पङ्क्ति १७१:


local function is_url (scheme, domain)
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
else
else
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative
end
end
end
end
पङ्क्ति १८४: पङ्क्ति १८१:
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------


Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.


First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).


If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.


When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//).  TODO: are there other common schemes
like news: that don't use authority indicator?


Strip off any port and path;
Strip off any port and path;
पङ्क्ति २०५: पङ्क्ति १९९:
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')


if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
if utilities.is_set (authority) then
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
else
if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test?
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
end
end
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
पङ्क्ति २२८: पङ्क्ति २१६:
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------


checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls


Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
# < > [ ] | { } _
# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links


returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.


When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).


]]
]]
पङ्क्ति २४७: पङ्क्ति २३५:
end
end


scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;  
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;  
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url
end
end


पङ्क्ति २५६: पङ्क्ति २४४:
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.


|<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
|<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
that condition exists
that condition exists
check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix.  prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code and must begin with a colon.


]]
]]
पङ्क्ति २६६: पङ्क्ति २५१:
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
local orig;
local orig;
if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
 
if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki
local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon
orig = lorig; -- flag as error
end
end
end
end
end


if utilities.is_set (orig) then
if is_set (orig) then
link = ''; -- unset
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', orig); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
end
end
return link; -- link if ok, empty string else
end
end


पङ्क्ति २९३: पङ्क्ति २७०:
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.


First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the URL into scheme and domain
First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the url into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the URL.  If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
portions of the url.  If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.


Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4
पङ्क्ति ३०४: पङ्क्ति २८१:


local function check_url( url_str )
local function check_url( url_str )
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url
return false;
return false;
end
end
local scheme, domain;
local scheme, domain;


scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
पङ्क्ति ३१५: पङ्क्ति २९२:
end
end
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
end
end


पङ्क्ति ३२२: पङ्क्ति २९९:


Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL.  The test will also find external wikilinks
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url.  The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs.
that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls.


The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs.  The tests that
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls.  The tests that
find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].
पङ्क्ति ३३५: पङ्क्ति ३१२:
local scheme, domain;
local scheme, domain;


if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
else
else
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url
end
end


return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
end
end


पङ्क्ति ३५७: पङ्क्ति ३३४:
]]
]]


local function check_for_url (parameter_list, error_list)
local function check_for_url (parameter_list)
local error_message = '';
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message
table.insert (error_list, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k));
if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator
end
error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter
end
end
end
if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
end
end
end
end
पङ्क्ति ३७४: पङ्क्ति ३५८:
local function safe_for_url( str )
local function safe_for_url( str )
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url', {});
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
end
end
पङ्क्ति ३९०: पङ्क्ति ३७४:
]]
]]


local function external_link (URL, label, source, access)
local function external_link( URL, label, source, access)
local err_msg = '';
local error_str = "";
local domain;
local domain;
local path;
local path;
local base_url;
local base_url;
 
if not utilities.is_set (label) then
if not is_set( label ) then
label = URL;
label = URL;
if utilities.is_set (source) then
if is_set( source ) then
utilities.set_message ('err_bare_url_missing_title', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});
error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
else
else
error (cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"]);
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
end
end
end
end
if not check_url (URL) then
if not check_url( URL ) then
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
end
end
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the url into scheme plus domain and path
if path then -- if there is a path portion
if path then -- if there is a path portion
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values
URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble
URL=domain..path; -- and reassemble
end
end
if is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
label = safe_for_url (label); -- replace square brackets and newlines


base_url = table.concat ({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL
base_url = table.concat ( -- assemble external link with access signal
 
{
if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
'<span class="plainlinks">[', -- opening css and url markup
base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon
URL, -- the url
' ', -- the required space
label,
'<span style="padding-left:0.15em">', -- signal spacing css
cfg.presentation[access], -- the appropriate icon
'</span>', -- close signal spacing span
']</span>' -- close url markup and plain links span
});
else
base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]" }); -- no signal markup
end
end
 
return base_url;
return table.concat({ base_url, error_str });
end
end


पङ्क्ति ४३०: पङ्क्ति ४२६:
parameters in the citation.
parameters in the citation.


added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above
added_deprecated_cat is a boolean declared in page scope variables above


]]
]]
पङ्क्ति ४३७: पङ्क्ति ४३३:
if not added_deprecated_cat then
if not added_deprecated_cat then
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
utilities.set_message ('err_deprecated_params', {name}); -- add error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
end
end
end
पङ्क्ति ४४४: पङ्क्ति ४४०:
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------


Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.


पङ्क्ति ४५०: पङ्क्ति ४४६:
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned.
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.


Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
Replaces unicode quotemarks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.


Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles.
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.


]=]
]=]


local function kern_quotes (str)
local function kern_quotes (str)
local cap = '';
local cap='';
local cap2='';
local wl_type, label, link;
local wl_type, label, link;


wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str);
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str);
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str);
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str);
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str);
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str);
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str);
end
end


else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)
label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)


cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'][^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
if is_set (cap) then
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], cap);
label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
end
end
cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'][\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
if is_set (cap) then
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], cap);
label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
end
end
if 2 == wl_type then
if 2 == wl_type then
str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
str = make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
else
else
str = label;
str = label;
पङ्क्ति ५०१: पङ्क्ति ४९७:
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------


|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.
in italic markup.


Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right.
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.


|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon:
|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
पङ्क्ति ५१५: पङ्क्ति ५११:
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***


The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.


Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>=
Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter=


TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
]]
]]


local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param)
local function format_script_value (script_value)
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
local name;
local name;
if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix
if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
if not utilities.is_set (lang) then
if not is_set (lang) then
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing title part']}); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
end
end
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "bn" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
if in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
utilities.add_prop_cat ('script', {name, lang})
add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
else
else
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['unknown language code']}); -- unknown script-language; add error message
add_prop_cat ('script')
end
end
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
else
else
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['invalid language code']}); -- invalid language code; add error message
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
end
end
else
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing prefix']}); -- no language code prefix; add error message
end
end
script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL
script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl


return script_value;
return script_value;
पङ्क्ति ५५८: पङ्क्ति ५५१:
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------


Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script
Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been  
value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags.
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
 
]]
]]


local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param)
local function script_concatenate (title, script)
if utilities.is_set (script) then
if is_set (script) then
script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error
script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
if utilities.is_set (script) then
if is_set (script) then
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
end
end
पङ्क्ति ५८३: पङ्क्ति ५७५:


local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then
if not is_set( str ) then
return "";
return "";
end
end
पङ्क्ति ५८९: पङ्क्ति ५८१:
local msg;
local msg;
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before  
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before  
return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text
return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text
else
else
return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str );
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str );
end
end
end
end




--[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >-------------------
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------


Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link.  Returns the URL and appropriate
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
label; nil else.
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).


str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link=
]]


]]
local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
local chapter_error = '';
if not is_set (chapter) then
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
if false == no_quotes then
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
end
end


local function wikisource_url_make (str)
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
local wl_type, D, L;
local ws_url, ws_label;
local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'});


wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)
if is_set (chapterurl) then
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
end


if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=
if is_set (transchapter) then
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
if utilities.is_set (str) then
if is_set (chapter) then
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter;
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
str, -- article title
chapter = transchapter; --  
});
chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
end
elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]]
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title
});
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
end
elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]])
str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink
});
end
end
end
end


if ws_url then
-- if is_set (chapterurl) then
ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL
-- chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker
-- end
end


return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil
return chapter .. chapter_error;
end
end




--[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >-----------------------
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------


Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=,
This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters.  The search stops at the
and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter.
first match.


]]
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.


local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical)
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)
and identifies them with a slightly different error message.  See also coins_cleanup().


if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then
Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates.
periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style
end


periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker
that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the
parameter value.


if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then
]]
trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical);
 
if utilities.is_set (periodical) then
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical;
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical
local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
periodical = trans_periodical;
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'});
local i=1;
end
local stripmarker, apostrophe;
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
if capture == v then -- if same there are no unicode characters
return;
end
end


return periodical;
while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name
local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it
position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then -- if we found a zero width joiner character
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- its ok if one of the indic scripts
position = nil; -- unset position
end
end
if position then
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture then -- nowiki, math stripmarker (not an error condition)
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
position = nil; -- unset
else
local err_msg;
if capture then
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char;
else
err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character';
end
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
return; -- and done with this parameter
end
end
i=i+1; -- bump our index
end
end
end




--[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >---------------
--[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------------------------------


Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=,
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that
and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used
multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
for error messages).


]]
]]


local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
local function argument_wrapper( args )
local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link
local origin = {};
if ws_url then
ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' '); -- replace underscore separators with space characters
return setmetatable({
chapter = ws_label;
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
end
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
 
return origin[k];
if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
if false == no_quotes then
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
end
end
end
},
{
__index = function ( tbl, k )
if origin[k] ~= nil then
return nil;
end
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
if type( list ) == 'table' then
v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
if origin[k] == nil then
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
end
elseif list ~= nil then
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
else
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
end
-- Empty strings, not nil;
if v == nil then
v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
origin[k] = '';
end
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
return v;
end,
});
end


chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped


if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
elseif ws_url then
chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this?
chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter});
end


if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then
Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.
trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter);
if utilities.is_set (chapter) then
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter;
else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter
chapter = trans_chapter;
chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param>
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source});
end
end
 
return chapter;
end
 
 
--[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >-------------------
 
This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters.
The search stops at the first match.
 
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource.
 
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers
(gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message.
See also coins_cleanup().
 
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the
Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or,
for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value.


Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
true - active, supported parameters
false - deprecated, supported parameters
nil - unsupported parameters
]]
]]


local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
local function validate( name, cite_class )
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
local name = tostring( name );
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
local state;
local stripmarker; -- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found
if in_array (cite_class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[ name ];
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end


capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
if 'arxiv' == cite_class then -- basic parameters unique to these templates
if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters
state = whitelist.arxiv_basic_arguments[name];
return;
end
end
if 'biorxiv' == cite_class then
state = whitelist.biorxiv_basic_arguments[name];
end
if 'citeseerx' == cite_class then
state = whitelist.citeseerx_basic_arguments[name];
end


for _, invisible_char in ipairs (cfg.invisible_chars) do
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
local char_name = invisible_char[1]; -- the character or group name
if false == state then
local pattern = invisible_char[2]; -- the pattern used to find it
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern); -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
return true;
end
if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character
-- limited enumerated parameters list
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts
name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
position = nil; -- unset position
state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[ name ];
elseif cfg.emoji[mw.ustring.codepoint (v, position+1)] then -- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}?
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
position = nil; -- unset position
if false == state then
end
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
end
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end -- end limited parameter-set templates
if position then
state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
if false == state then
elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
position = nil; -- unset
return true;
else
end
local err_msg;
-- all enumerated parameters allowed
if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then
name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char_name;
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
else
err_msg = char_name .. ' ' .. 'character';
end


utilities.set_message ('err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}); -- add error message
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
return; -- and done with this parameter
if false == state then
end
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
end
return true;
end
end
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end
end




--[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------
 
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY


Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to
single internal variable.


]]
]]


local function argument_wrapper ( args )
local function nowrap_date (date)
local origin = {};
local cap='';
local cap2='';
 
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
end
return setmetatable({
return date;
ORIGIN = function ( self, k )
end
local dummy = self[k]; -- force the variable to be loaded.
 
return origin[k];
 
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------
 
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
 
]]
 
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
if is_set(title_type) then
if "none" == title_type then
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
end
end
},
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
{
end
__index = function ( tbl, k )
 
if origin[k] ~= nil then
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
return nil;
end
end
 
 
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------
 
if type( list ) == 'table' then
Converts a hyphen to a dash
v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' );
 
if origin[k] == nil then
]]
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
 
end
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
elseif list ~= nil then
if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
return str;
else
end
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k);
end
-- Empty strings, not nil;
if v == nil then
v = '';
origin[k] = '';
end
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
return v;
end,
});
end
end




--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------


When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span:
<span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
 
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
 
]]
 
local function nowrap_date (date)
local cap = '';
local cap2 = '';
 
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
end
return date;
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------
 
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including
|type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the
special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation
(|type=none).
 
]]
 
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
if utilities.is_set (title_type) then
if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then
title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
end
 
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >-----------------------------
 
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.


]]
]]


local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character'
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'dupicate character'
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ascii characters use the string library functions
f.gsub = string.gsub
f.gsub=string.gsub
f.match = string.match
f.match=string.match
f.sub = string.sub
f.sub=string.sub
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub
f.gsub=mw.ustring.gsub
f.match = mw.ustring.match
f.match=mw.ustring.match
f.sub = mw.ustring.sub
f.sub=mw.ustring.sub
end
end


पङ्क्ति ९१७: पङ्क्ति ९०१:
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
elseif value ~= '' then
elseif value ~= '' then
if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
else
else
comp = value;
comp = value;
end
end
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
if f.sub(comp, 1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.?
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
trim = false;
trim = false;
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff?
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it
str = f.sub(str, 1,-2); -- remove it
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''  
if f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''  
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
elseif  f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''  
elseif  f.sub(str, -5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''  
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''  
elseif f.sub(str, -4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''  
trim = true; -- same question
trim = true; -- same question
end
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink  
if f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink  
trim = true;
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link  
elseif f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link  
trim = true;
trim = true;
elseif  f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
elseif  f.sub(str, -2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
trim = true;
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
elseif f.sub(str, -4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
trim = true;
trim = true;
end
end
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
if f.sub(str, -2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both
str = f.sub(str, 1,-3); -- remove them both
end
end
end
end


if trim then
if trim then
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup
value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
else
else
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
पङ्क्ति ९६६: पङ्क्ति ९५०:
end
end
end
end
str = str .. value; -- add it to the output string
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
end
end
end
end
पङ्क्ति ९७३: पङ्क्ति ९५७:




--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >-----------------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------


returns true if suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9.
returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 2–9. Puncutation not allowed.
Puncutation not allowed.


]]
]]


local function is_suffix (suffix)
local function is_suffix (suffix)
if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
return true;
return true;
end
end
पङ्क्ति ९८८: पङ्क्ति ९७१:




--[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------


For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin
For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
(read ASCII) characters.  When a name uses characters that contain diacritical
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.
name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this
so editors may/must.


This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
in the four Unicode Latin character sets
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
पङ्क्ति १,००४: पङ्क्ति ९८४:
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F


|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes.
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
(http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods


This original test:
This original test:
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$")
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor
The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary
gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has
to use an external editor to maintain this code.
been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes
of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor
to maintain this code.


\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
पङ्क्ति १,०२४: पङ्क्ति १,०००:
]]
]]


local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, position)
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
if not suffix then
local first, suffix = first:match ('(.-),?%s*([%dJS][%drndth]+)%.?$') or first; -- if first has something that looks like a generational suffix, get it
if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix
 
first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials
if is_set (suffix) then
suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix
end
end
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position);
add_vanc_error ('suffix');
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
end
end
पङ्क्ति १,०३९: पङ्क्ति १,०११:
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char'], position);
add_vanc_error ('non-Latin character');
return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
end;
end;
return true;
return true;
पङ्क्ति १,०४८: पङ्क्ति १,०२०:
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------


Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc.   
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc.   


Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period.
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.


Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format
because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.


This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().


]]
]]


local function reduce_to_initials(first, position)
local function reduce_to_initials(first)
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");


if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials?
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just intials?
end
end


पङ्क्ति १,०७६: पङ्क्ति १,०४४:
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
else
else
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
add_vanc_error ('suffix'); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
return first; -- and return first unmolested
return first; -- and return first unmolested
end
end
पङ्क्ति १,०८४: पङ्क्ति १,०५२:
end
end
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word


local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
पङ्क्ति १,०९९: पङ्क्ति १,०६८:
end
end
if 3 > i then
if 3 > i then
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials table
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1)); -- insert the intial at end of initials table
end
end
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
i = i+1; -- bump the counter
end
end
पङ्क्ति १,१०८: पङ्क्ति १,०७७:




--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >--------------------------
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------


Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators)  
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)  
 
names in the list will be linked when
|<name>-link= has a value
|<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been
rendered previously so should have been linked there
 
when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered


]]
]]


local function list_people (control, people, etal)
local function list_people(control, people, etal)
local sep;
local sep;
local namesep;
local namesep;
local format = control.format;
local format = control.format
local maximum = control.maximum;
local maximum = control.maximum
local name_list = {};
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
local text = {}


if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling?
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space
else
else
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
end
end
if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
for i, person in ipairs (people) do
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
if utilities.is_set (person.last) then
if is_set(person.last) then
local mask = person.mask;
local mask = person.mask
local one;
local one
local sep_one = sep;
local sep_one = sep;
 
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
etal = true;
etal = true;
break;
break;
end
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
local n = tonumber(mask)
if mask then
if (n ~= nil) then
local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else
one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
if n then
one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("&mdash;", n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name
person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil
else
else
one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator)
one = mask;
sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator
sep_one = " ";
end
end
else
else
one = person.last; -- get surname
one = person.last
local first = person.first -- get given name
local first = person.first
if utilities.is_set (first) then
if is_set(first) then
if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format
if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first, nil, i) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
first = reduce_to_initials (first, i); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
end
end
end
end
one = one .. namesep .. first;
one = one .. namesep .. first;
end
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
one = make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
end
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (person.link) then
table.insert( text, one )
one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor
table.insert( text, sep_one )
end
if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement)
table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names
table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator
end
end
end
end
end


local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
if 0 < count then  
if count > 0 then  
if 1 < count and not etal then
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
if 'amp' == format then
text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
elseif 'and' == format then
if 2 == count then
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text
else
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text
end
end
end
end
name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator
text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator
end
end
 
local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al.
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
end
end
return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only)
return result, count
end
end




--[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >-----------------------
--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------


Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.
returns an empty string.


namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order.  year is Year or anchor_year.
order.  year is Year or anchor_year.


]]
]]
 
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
local function make_citeref_id (namelist, year)
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
names[i] = v.last  
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
end
end
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
else
else
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
end
end
end
end




--[[--------------------------< C I T E _ C L A S S _A T T R I B U T E _M A K E >------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------


construct <cite> tag class attribute for this citation.
Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al.  If found,
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.


<cite_class> – config.CitationClass from calling template
This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
<mode> – value from |mode= parameter
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal


]]
]]


local function cite_class_attribute_make (cite_class, mode)
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)
local class_t = {};
 
table.insert (class_t, 'citation'); -- required for blue highlight
if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
if 'citation' ~= cite_class then
local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme
table.insert (class_t, cite_class); -- identify this template for user css
local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al.
table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs1'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
else
if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al.
table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs2'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
end
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
for _, prop_key in ipairs (z.prop_keys_t) do
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
table.insert (class_t, prop_key); -- identify various properties for user css or javascript
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
end
end
end
 
return name, etal; --  
return table.concat (class_t, ' '); -- make a big string and done
end
end




--[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >--------------------------
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------
 
Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on
the theme of et al.  If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and
the function returns the modified name and the flag.


This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because
Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extranious editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc.
it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated
These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters.  If found, the function
|display-<names>=etal parameter
adds the editor markup maintenance category.


]]
]]


local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param)
local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name)
local _, pattern;
local patterns = { -- these patterns match annotations at end of name
'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (ed) or (eds): leading '(', case insensitive 'ed', optional 's', '.' and/or ')'
'[,%.%s]%f[e]eds?%.?$', -- ed or eds: without '('or ')'; case sensitive (ED could be initials Ed could be name)
'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (editor) or (editors): leading '(', case insensitive, optional '.' and/or ')'
'[,%.%s]%f[Ee][Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?$', -- editor or editors: without '('or ')'; case insensitive
-- these patterns match annotations at beginning of name
'^eds?[%.,;]', -- ed. or eds.: lower case only, optional 's', requires '.'
'^[%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]', -- (ed) or (eds): also sqare brackets, case insensitive, optional 's', '.'
'^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%A', -- (editor or (editors: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets, 's'
'^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Ee][Dd]%A', -- (edited: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets
}


if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
if is_set (name) then
local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and
if name:match (pattern) then
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns
add_maint_cat ('extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
if name:match (pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name
break;
name = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- remove the offending text
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param}); -- and set an error if not added
end
end
end
end
end
end
end
 
return name; -- and done
return name, etal;
end
end




--[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >----------------------
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------
 
Add maint cat when name parameter value does not contain letters.  Does not catch
mixed alphanumeric names so |last=A. Green (1922-1987) does not get caught in the
current version of this test but |first=(1888) is caught.


returns nothing
Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names.  Multiple names are
indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon.  If found, the function adds the multiple name
(author or editor) maintenance category.


]]
]]


local function name_is_numeric (name, list_name)
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
if utilities.is_set (name) then
local count, _;
if mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- when name does not contain any letters
if is_set (name) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
_, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', ''); -- count the number of separator-like characters
if 1 < count then -- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separator character is acceptable
add_maint_cat ('mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template
end
end
end
end
return name; -- and done
end
end




--[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------
 
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding
Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names.
parameters.
Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped"
semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities.
If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category.
 
returns nothing


]]
]]


local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
local function name_checks (last, first, list_name)
local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps;
if is_set (last) then
if utilities.is_set (name) then
if last:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written
_, commas = name:gsub (',', ''); -- count the number of commas
last = last:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens
_, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ''); -- count the number of semicolons
else
-- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in
last = name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
-- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the
last = name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
-- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add
end
-- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new
end
-- entities
if is_set (first) then
_, nbsps = name:gsub ('&nbsp;',''); -- count nbsps
if first:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written
first = first:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens
-- There is exactly 1 semicolon per &nbsp; entity, so subtract nbsps
else
-- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added,
first = name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
-- they also can be subtracted.
if 1 < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message
end
end
end
end
end
return last, first; -- done
end




--[=[-------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C >----------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
Gets name list from the input arguments


Compares values assigned to various parameters according to the string provided as <item> in the function call.
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
<item> can have on of two values:
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
'generic_names' – for name-holding parameters: |last=, |first=, |editor-last=, etc
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.
'generic_titles' – for |title=


There are two types of generic testsThe 'accept' tests look for a pattern that should not be rejected by the
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
'reject' test.  For example,
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.
|author=[[John Smith (author)|Smith, John]]
would be rejected by the 'author' reject test. But piped wikilinks with 'author' disambiguation should not be
rejected so the 'accept' test prevents that from happening.  Accept tests are always performed before reject
tests.


Each of the 'accept' and 'reject' sequence tables hold tables for en.wiki (['en']) and local.wiki (['local'])
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
that each can hold a test sequence table  The sequence table holds, at index [1], a test pattern, and, at index
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the
[2], a boolean control value.  The control value tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true)
template's metadataWhen this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.
or a pattern search (false)The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so
that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles.


Returns
]]
true when a reject test finds the pattern or string
false when an accept test finds the pattern or string
nil else


]=]
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
local names = {}; -- table of names
local last; -- individual name components
local first;
local link;
local mask;
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter


local function is_generic (item, value, wiki)
local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
local test_val;
while true do
local str_lower = { -- use string.lower() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.lower() or local.wiki (['local'])
last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
['en'] = string.lower,
first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
['local'] = mw.ustring.lower,
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
}
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
local str_find = { -- use string.find() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.find() or local.wiki (['local'])
['en'] = string.find,
['local'] = mw.ustring.find,
}


local function test (val, test_t, wiki) -- local function to do the testing; <wiki> selects lower() and find() functions
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
val = test_t[2] and str_lower[wiki](value) or val; -- when <test_t[2]> set to 'true', plaintext search using lowercase value
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
return str_find[wiki] (val, test_t[1], 1, test_t[2]); -- return nil when not found or matched
last, first= name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc checks
end
local test_types_t = {'accept', 'reject'}; -- test accept patterns first, then reject patterns
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
local wikis_t = {'en', 'local'}; -- do tests for each of these keys; en.wiki first, local.wiki second
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i); -- check for improper wikimarkup


for _, test_type in ipairs (test_types_t) do -- for each test type
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
for _, generic_value in pairs (cfg.special_case_translation[item][test_type]) do -- spin through the list of generic value fragments to accept or reject
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
for _, wiki in ipairs (wikis_t) do
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
if generic_value[wiki] then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
if test (value, generic_value[wiki], wiki) then -- go do the test
return ('reject' == test_type); -- param value rejected, return true; false else
end
end
end
end
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
end
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
end
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end
end




--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ G E N E R I C >------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
 
calls is_generic() to determine if <name> is a 'generic name' listed in cfg.generic_names; <name_alias> is the
parameter name used in error messaging


]]
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.


local function name_is_generic (name, name_alias)
Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect
if not added_generic_name_errs  and is_generic ('generic_names', name) then
or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is
utilities.set_message ('err_generic_name', name_alias); -- set an error message
found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code. When there is no match, we
added_generic_name_errs = true;
return the original language name string.
end
end


mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') returns a list of languages that in some cases may include
extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'.  Most (all?) of these languages are not used a 'language' codes per se, rather they
are used as sub-domain names: cbk-zam.wikipedia.org.  These names can be found (for the time being) at
https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/diffusion/ECLD/browse/master/LocalNames/LocalNamesEn.php


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------
Names but that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example,
if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'.  When names are found
and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the Wikimedia language name.


This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters.
Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.


]]
]]


local function name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias)
local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code)
local accept_name;
if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()] then -- if there is a remapped name (because MediaWiki uses something that we don't think is correct)
 
return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][2]; -- for this language 'name', return a possibly new name and appropriate code
if utilities.is_set (last) then
last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last>
 
if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
name_is_numeric (last, list_name); -- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation
name_is_generic (last, last_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list
end
end
end


if utilities.is_set (first) then
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first>
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
 
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
name_is_numeric (first, list_name); -- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
name_is_generic (first, first_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
end
if 2 ~= code:len() and 3 ~= code:len() then -- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported
local wl_type, D = utilities.is_wikilink (first);
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
if 0 ~= wl_type then
end
first = D;
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the the code
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', first_alias);
end
end
end
end
 
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for the code
return last, first; -- done
end
end




--[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >-------------------------
--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------


Gets name list from the input arguments
Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code is recognized by MediaWiki,
use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.


Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters
When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for
(or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching
that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).  For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned
when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts:
to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.
found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the
search is done.


This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorizedMediaWiki does not recognize three-character
|lastn=When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not.
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not
required to have a matching |firstn=.


When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.'
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are
is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people()
separated from each other by commas.
to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps
'et al.' out of the template's metadata.  When this occurs, an error is emitted.


]]
]]


local function extract_names(args, list_name)
local function language_parameter (lang)
local names = {}; -- table of names
local code; -- the two- or three-character language code
local last; -- individual name components
local name; -- the language name
local first;
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
local link;
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
local mask;
 
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
local this_wiki = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode() -- get this wiki's language code
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter


local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
while true do
last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );


last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks


if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag?
local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first'; -- get first or given form of the alias
lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code?
utilities.set_message ('err_first_missing_last', {
end
first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate
if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code
first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code
}); -- add this error message
if not is_set (name) then
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang]; -- not supported by MediaWiki; is it in remap?
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
end
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
local result;
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
if first then
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
end
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}); -- add this error message
end
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
end
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
if is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
else
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
end
if is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[code] or name; -- override wikimedia when they misuse language codes/names
end
table.insert (language_list, name);
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
end
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
if 2 >= code then
name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
elseif 2 < code then
language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
end
if this_wiki_name == name then
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
]]
end
end




--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ T A G _ G E T >------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
 
attempt to decode |language=<lang_param> and return language name and matching tag; nil else.
 
This function looks for:
<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.lang_code_remap{}
<lang_param> as a name in cfg.lang_name_remap{}
<lang_param> as a name in cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t
<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t
when those fail, presume that <lang_param> is an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki does not recognize.  Strip all
script, region, variant, whatever subtags from <lang_param> to leave just a two or three character language tag
and look for the new <lang_param> in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t{}


on success, returns name (in properly capitalized form) and matching tag (in lowercase); on failure returns nil
Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
At en.wiki, for cs1:
ps gets: '.'
sep gets: '.'


]]
]]


local function name_tag_get (lang_param)
local function set_cs1_style (ps)
local lang_param_lc = mw.ustring.lower (lang_param); -- use lowercase as an index into the various tables
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
local name;
ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs1']; -- terminate the rendered citation
local tag;
end
return cfg.presentation['sep_cs1'], ps; -- element separator
end


name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang_param_lc]; -- assume <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get remapped language name
if name then -- when <name>, <lang_param> is a tag for a remapped language name
return name, lang_param_lc; -- so return <name> from remap and <lang_param_lc>
end


tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- still assuming that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; strip script, region, variant subtags
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[tag]; -- attempt to get remapped language name with language subtag only
if name then -- when <name>, <tag> is a tag for a remapped language name
return name, tag; -- so return <name> from remap and <tag>
end


if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc] then -- not a tag, assume <lang_param_lc> is a name; attempt to get remapped language tag
Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][2]; -- for this <lang_param_lc>, return a (possibly) new name and appropriate tag
At en.wiki, for cs2:
end
ps gets: '' (empty string - no terminal punctuation)
sep gets: ','


tag = cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a language name; attempt to get its matching tag
]]
if tag then
return cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag], tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is a name so return the name from the table and <tag>
end


name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get its matching language name
local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
if name then
ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs2']; -- terminate the rendered citation
return name, lang_param_lc; -- <lang_param_lc> is a tag so return it and <name>
end
end
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- is <lang_param_lc> an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki doesn't recognize? <tag> gets the language subtag; nil else
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
 
if tag then
name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]; -- attempt to get a language name using the shortened <tag>
if name then
return name, tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is an unrecognized IETF-like tag so return <name> and language subtag
end
end
end
return cfg.presentation['sep_cs2'], ps, ref; -- element separator
end
end




--[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
 
When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
rendered style.
 
]]
 
local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
local sep;
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
else -- not a citation template so CS1
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
end


Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code
return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that
end
was provided with the language parameter.


When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is
assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).
For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category
for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.


Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------
not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is
recognized but code 'ara' is not.


This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th
Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.
optional space characters.


]]
]]


local function language_parameter (lang)
local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
local tag; -- some form of IETF-like language tag; language subtag with optional region, sript, vatiant, etc subtags
local sep;
local lang_subtag; -- ve populates |language= with mostly unecessary region subtags the MediaWiki does not recognize; this is the base language subtag
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
local name; -- the language name
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
local names_t = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
end
if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
end
return sep, ps, ref
end
 


local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------


names_t = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
applying the pdf icon to external links.


for _, lang in ipairs (names_t) do -- reuse lang here because we don't yet know if lang is a language name or a language tag
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false
name, tag = name_tag_get (lang); -- attempt to get name/tag pair for <lang>; <name> has proper capitalization; <tag> is lowercase


if utilities.is_set (tag) then
]=]
lang_subtag = tag:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- for categorization, strip any IETF-like tags from language tag


if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= lang_subtag then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
local function is_pdf (url)
if 2 == lang_subtag:len() then -- and is a two-character tag
return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]');
-- utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source', {name, lang_subtag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it; tag appended to allow for multiple language categorization
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source', {name, tag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it; tag appended to allow for multiple language categorization
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character tag)
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source-2', {lang_subtag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character tag categories per cs1|2 template?
end
elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled
utilities.add_prop_cat ('local-lang-source', {name, lang_subtag}); -- categorize it
end
else
name = lang; -- return whatever <lang> has so that we show something
utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
end
table.insert (language_list, name);
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
end
name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list);
if (1 == #language_list) and (lang_subtag == cfg.this_wiki_code) then -- when only one language, find lang name in this wiki lang name; for |language=en-us, 'English' in 'American English'
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
]]
end
end




--[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >--------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------


Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode.
Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default.
not have a matching url parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'.
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','.
the appropriate styling.


]]
]]


local function set_cs_style (postscript, mode)
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
if utilities.is_set(postscript) then
if is_set (format) then
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript
format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
-- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style
if not is_set (url) then
if mode == 'cs1' and postscript == cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode] then
format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
end
end
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf
else
else
postscript = cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode];
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
end
return cfg.presentation['sep_' .. mode], postscript;
return format;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >-----------------------------


Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------
#invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none.


]]
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag
to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.


local function set_style (mode, postscript, cite_class)
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
local sep;
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
if 'cs2' == mode then
some variant of the text 'et al.').
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
elseif 'cs1' == mode then
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
elseif 'citation' == cite_class then
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
else
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
end


if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == 'none' then
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of
-- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
if 'cs2' == mode or 'citation' == cite_class then
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
end
postscript = '';
end
return sep, postscript
end


In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >-----------------------------------
inputs:
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
count: #a or #e
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
etal: author_etal or editor_etal


Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions
]]
used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links.


returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false
local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
 
if is_set (max) then
]=]
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);
end
else -- not a valid keyword or number
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
end
end
return max, etal;
end


local function is_pdf (url)
return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or
url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or
url:match ('%.PDF&#035') or url:match ('%.pdf&#035');
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >-----------------------
Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp.
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.


Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message
check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter. If the format parameter
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document
bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP
by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.


]]
]]


local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
if utilities.is_set (format) then
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';
if not utilities.is_set (url) then
 
utilities.set_message ('err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param}); -- add an error message
if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or  page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
end
add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF
else
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
end
return format;
end
end




--[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------
--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------


Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor
split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter.  This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parnetheses were included in the
rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked


When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero,
|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))
return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default
but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.').


When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number
]=]
that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.
This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'


In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a place holder
local i = 1;
while name_table[i] do
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parens
local name = name_table[i];
i=i+1; -- bump indexer to next segment
while name_table[i] do
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parens
break; -- and done reassembling so
end
i=i+1; -- bump indexer
end
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink
else
wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name
if 1 == wl_type then
table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]]
else
table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
end
end
i = i+1;
end
return output_table;
end


inputs:
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
count: #a or #e
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
etal: author_etal or editor_etal


]]
--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------


local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal, param)
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
if utilities.is_set (max) then
|xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message
max = nil;
end
else -- not a valid keyword or number
utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
end
end
return max, etal;
end


Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.


--[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >---------------
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.
 
Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be
some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.


check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value:
This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px
      where x and X are letters and # is a digit
bad pattern:  '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG


]]
]]


local function extra_text_in_page_check (val, name)
local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
if not val:match (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
local v_name_table = {};
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so
local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_pages', name); -- add error message
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
return; -- and done
local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
end
local corporate = false;
end
end
end


vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parntheses
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;
add_vanc_error ('punctuation');
end
local lastfirstTable = {}
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
if is_suffix (first) then -- if a valid suffix
suffix = first -- save it as a suffix and
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
end -- no suffix error message here because letter combination may be result of Romanization; check for digits?
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
add_vanc_error ('missing comma'); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
end
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
add_vanc_error ('name'); -- matches a space between two intiials
end
else
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
end
if is_set (first) then
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
add_vanc_error ('initials'); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
end
is_good_vanc_name (last, first); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
if is_set (suffix) then
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
end
else
if not corporate then
is_good_vanc_name (last, '');
end
end


Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator.
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end


For |volume=:
'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter
content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so
are allowed.


For |issue=:
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the
parameter content (all case insensitive).
Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or
whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module.
<val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value
<name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message
<selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue=


sets error message on failure; returns nothing
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.


]]
Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest


local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (val, name, selector)
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
if not utilities.is_set (val) then
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
return;
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.
 
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
 
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.
 
]]
 
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local lastfirst = false;
if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
lastfirst=true;
end
end
local patterns = 'v' == selector and cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vpatterns or cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.ipatterns;


local handler = 'v' == selector and 'err_extra_text_volume' or 'err_extra_text_issue';
if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
val = val:lower(); -- force parameter value to lower case
(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so
local err_name;
utilities.set_message (handler, name); -- add error message
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
return; -- and done
err_name = 'author';
end
else
err_name = 'editor';
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
end
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
end
end




--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------


split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter.  This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc)When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked
in the source template) the function returns true.  If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.


|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))
]]


]=]
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible)
 
if not is_set (value) then
local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
return true; -- an empty parameter is ok
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder
return true;
else
local i = 1;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
return false
while name_table[i] do
end
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses
local name = name_table[i];
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment
while name_table[i] do
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses
break; -- and done reassembling so
end
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer
end
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink
else
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name
if 1 == wl_type then
table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]]
else
table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
end
end
i = i + 1;
end
return output_table;
end
end




--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------


This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
 
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
single space character.
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
 
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.
 
This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.


]]
]]


local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
if (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
local v_name_table = {};
return name_list; -- just return the name list
local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
elseif (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
else
local corporate = false;
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list
end
end


vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas


for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
local accept_name;
v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name>


if accept_name then
returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
last = v_name;
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i);
end
local lastfirstTable = {}
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+")
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix


if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters
]]
suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
end
if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix
return '';
if not utilities.is_set (last) then
end
first = ''; -- unset
last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i);
if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
end
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
elseif is_set (volume) then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma'], i); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
end
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- matches a space between two initials
end
else
else
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
end
end
end
local vol = '';
if utilities.is_set (first) then
if is_set (volume) then
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume});
end
is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, i); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
end
else
else
if not corporate then
vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)});
is_good_vanc_name (last, '', nil, i);
end
end
end
link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
end
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
if is_set (issue) then
return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
end
return vol;
end
end




--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------


Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
The return order is:
page, pages, sheet, sheets


Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest;
Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.
|editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn)


When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
]]
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.


Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
 
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate.
if is_set (sheet) then
 
if 'journal' == origin then
]]
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
 
else
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
local lastfirst = false;
end
if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
elseif is_set (sheets) then
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
if 'journal' == origin then
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
lastfirst = true;
end
 
if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
(utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or
(true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then
local err_name;
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
err_name = 'author';
else
else
err_name = 'editor';
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
end
end
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', err_name .. '-name-list parameters'); -- add error message
end
end
end


if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
if is_set (page) then
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
if is_journal then
end
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
else
return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
end
elseif is_set(pages) then
if is_journal then
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
else
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
end
end
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
end




--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------


This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing
save snapshot url or to calendar pages.  When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_valIf the parameter value is one
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the urlThat is something that Wikipedia should not allow
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value
unwitting readers to do.
specified by ret_val.


TODO: explain <invert>
When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.


]]
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
|archive-date= and an error message when:
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url
|archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
correct place
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=


local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val, invert)
There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls:
if not utilities.is_set (value) then
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form
end


if (not invert and utilities.in_array (value, possible)) then -- normal; <value> is in <possible> table
The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags
return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
elseif invert and not utilities.in_array (value, possible) then -- invert; <value> is not in <possible> table
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.
return value; -- return <value> as it is
else
utilities.set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}); -- not an allowed value so add error message
return ret_val;
end
end


This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this funct may return a modified
archive url:
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the url unmodified
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)


--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
]=]


This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
local function archive_url_check (url, date)
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.or url
single space character.
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine url
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end


]]
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
 
err_msg = 'save command';
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
return name_list; -- just return the name list
err_msg = 'liveweb';
elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
else
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the url parts for evaluation
if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
err_msg = 'timestamp';
if '*' ~= flag then
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat)
end
elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element
err_msg = 'path';
elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element)
err_msg = 'flag';
elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
err_msg = 'flag';
else
return url, date; -- return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end
-- if here, something not right so
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and
if is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate
else
else
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list
return url, date; -- preview mode so return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end
end
end




--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------


returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
parameter that is missing its pipe:
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}}


]]
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives xml/html
tags are removed before the search.
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) then
return '';
end


-- same condition as in format_pages_sheets()
If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);


local is_numeric_vol = volume and (volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$')); -- is only uppercase roman numerals or only digits?
]]
local is_long_vol = volume and (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)); -- is |volume= value longer than 4 characters?
if volume and (not is_numeric_vol and is_long_vol) then -- when not all digits or Roman numerals, is |volume= longer than 4 characters?
utilities.add_prop_cat ('long-vol'); -- yes, add properties cat
end


if is_journal then -- journal-style formatting
local function missing_pipe_check (value)
local vol = '';
local capture;
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc
if utilities.is_set (volume) then
if is_numeric_vol then -- |volume= value all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals?
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume}); -- render in bold face
elseif is_long_vol then -- not all digits or Roman numerals; longer than 4 characters?
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- not bold
else -- four or fewer characters
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- bold
end
end
if utilities.is_set (issue) then
return vol .. utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
end
return vol;
end
if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
end


-- all other types of citation
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%a%d]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower);
add_maint_cat ('missing_pipe');
elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower);
else
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
end
end
end
end




--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------


adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
The return order is:
page, pages, sheet, sheets
 
Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.


]]
]]


local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
local function citation0( config, args)
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
--[[
if utilities.is_set (sheet) then
Load Input Parameters
if 'journal' == origin then
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
]]
else
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
local i
end
 
elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
if 'journal' == origin then
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
 
else
-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
local Mode = A['Mode'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then
Mode = '';
end
 
local author_etal;
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
local Authors;
local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
 
do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
if 1 == selected then
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
add_maint_cat ('authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
end
end
end
if is_set (Collaboration) then
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
end
end
end
end


local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
local Others = A['Others'];
 
if utilities.is_set (page) then
local editor_etal;
if is_journal then
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
local Editors;
elseif not nopp then
 
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
do -- to limit scope of selected
else
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
if 1 == selected then
end
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
elseif 2 == selected then
if is_journal then
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
elseif 3 == selected then
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors=
elseif not nopp then
add_maint_cat ('editors'); -- but add a maint cat because use of this parameter is discouraged
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
else
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
end
end
end
end
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
end


local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=


--[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >----------------------------------------------
local interviewers_list = {};
local Interviewers = A['Interviewers']
if is_set (Interviewers) then -- add a maint cat if the |interviewers= is used
add_maint_cat ('interviewers'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged
else
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- else, process preferred interviewers parameters
end


returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at.
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
 
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text
local Contribution = A['Contribution'];
for use in COinS.  This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span.  TODO: should it? 
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
 
TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline;
if 0 < #c then
 
if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'অবদান')}); -- add missing contribution error message
to a new name)?
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
 
end
]]
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'লেখক')}); -- add missing author error message
local function insource_loc_get (page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at)
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)
end
 
if utilities.is_set (page) then
if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then
pages = ''; -- unset the others
at = '';
end
end
extra_text_in_page_check (page, page_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
else -- if not a book cite
 
if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
if ws_url then
page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
if utilities.is_set (at) then
at = ''; -- unset
end
extra_text_in_page_check (pages, pages_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
 
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
elseif utilities.is_set (at) then
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
end
Contribution = nil; -- unset
end
end
return page, pages, at, coins_pages;
end
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U N I Q U E _ A R C H I V E _ U R L >------------------------------------
add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value
]]


local function is_unique_archive_url (archive, url, c_url, source, date)
if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
if utilities.is_set (archive) then
NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
if archive == url or archive == c_url then
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); -- add error message
return '', ''; -- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url=
end
end
end


return archive, date;
local Year = A['Year'];
end
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
 
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
local Date = A['Date'];
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
local Title = A['Title'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
local Conference = A['Conference'];
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set


--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
local Degree = A['Degree'];
local Docket = A['Docket'];
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];


Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the
local ArchiveDate;
save snapshot URL or to calendar pages.  When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
local ArchiveURL;
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
unwitting readers to do.


When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes'
DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
end


This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
local URL = A['URL']
|archive-date= and an error message when:
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
|archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
correct place
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter


There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs:
local Series = A['Series'];
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form
local Volume;
local Issue;
local Page;
local Pages;
local At;


The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
Volume = A['Volume'];
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.
end
-- conference & map books do not support issue
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then
Issue = A['Issue'];
end
local Position = '';
if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
Page = A['Page'];
Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );
At = A['At'];
end


This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified
local Edition = A['Edition'];
archive URL:
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
local Place = A['Place'];
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
RegistrationRequired=nil;
end


]=]
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
SubscriptionRequired=nil;
end


local function archive_url_check (url, date)
local UrlAccess = A['UrlAccess'];
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
if not is_valid_parameter_value (UrlAccess, 'ইউআরএল-সংগ্রহ', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL
UrlAccess = nil;
end
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL
if not is_set(URL) and is_set(UrlAccess) then
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
UrlAccess = nil;
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } );
end


if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then -- while not aliases, these are much the same so if both are set
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'subscription')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
SubscriptionRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |subscription=
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
end
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb;
if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (RegistrationRequired) then -- these are not the same but contradictory so if both are set
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'registration')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation
RegistrationRequired = nil; -- unset; prefer |access= over |registration=
if not path then -- malformed in some way; pattern did not match
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
elseif 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
if '*' ~= flag then
local replacement = timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d%d%d') or timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d'); -- get the first 6 (YYYYMM) or first 4 digits (YYYY)
if replacement then -- nil if there aren't at least 4 digits (year)
replacement = replacement .. string.rep ('0', 14 - replacement:len()); -- year or yearmo (4 or 6 digits) zero-fill to make 14-digit timestamp
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*)%d[^/]*', '%1' .. replacement .. '*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to 14 digits plus splat for calendar display
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path;
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element)
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
else
return url, date; -- return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end
end
-- if here, something not right so
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_url', {err_msg}); -- add error message and


if is_preview_mode then
local ChapterUrlAccess = A['ChapterUrlAccess'];
return url, date; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
if not is_valid_parameter_value (ChapterUrlAccess, 'chapter-url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then -- same as url-access
else
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end
if not is_set(ChapterURL) and is_set(ChapterUrlAccess) then
end
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'chapter-url'}, true ) } );
end


local Via = A['Via'];
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
local Agency = A['Agency'];


--[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------------------
local Language = A['Language'];
local Format = A['Format'];
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
local ID = A['ID'];
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string
end
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier


check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits.  This function added because
local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that)
local ID_access_levels = extract_id_access_levels( args, ID_list );


returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits
local Quote = A['Quote'];


]]
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
 
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
local function place_check (param_val)
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
return param_val; -- return that empty state
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
end
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value
 
utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat
local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
end
if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string
return param_val; -- and done
end
end


local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >----------------------------------------------
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification


compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else
local DF = A['DF']; -- date format set in cs1|2 template
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then -- validate reformatting keyword
DF = ''; -- not valid, set to empty string
end


]]
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
local PostScript;
local Ref;
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text


local function is_archived_copy (title)
--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy'
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
return true;
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then
end
if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
return true;
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
break; -- bail out if one is found
end
end
end
end
end
end


-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
local NoPP = A['NoPP']
if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
NoPP = true;
else
NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later
end


This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
if is_set(Page) then
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
At = '';
end
extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
elseif is_set(Pages) then
if is_set(At) then
At = ''; -- unset
end
extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
end


]]
-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
 
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
local function citation0( config, args )
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
--[[  
end
Load Input Parameters
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title
|trans-title maps to |trans-chapter when |title is re-mapped
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped
All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
]]
]]
local A = argument_wrapper ( args );
local i


-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.


local author_etal;
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
local Authors;
if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
local NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], '');
if not is_set(Chapter) then
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;


do -- to limit scope of selected
if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
Chapter = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
if 1 == selected then
end
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
Title = Periodical;
elseif 2 == selected then
ChapterFormat = Format;
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
TransTitle = '';
elseif 3 == selected then
URL = '';
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
Format = '';
if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
TitleLink = '';
utilities.set_message ('maint_authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
ScriptTitle = '';
end
else -- |title not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
end
end
end
end


local editor_etal;
-- Special case for cite techreport.
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
end
end
end


do -- to limit scope of selected
-- special case for cite mailing list
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList'); -- support for |editors= withdrawn
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
if 1 == selected then
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then
elseif 2 == selected then
Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
end
end
end
 
local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter');
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s)
if is_set(BookTitle) then
if 'contribution' == Chapter_origin then
Chapter = Title;
Contribution = Chapter; -- get the name of the contribution
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
end
ChapterURL = URL;
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
URLorigin = '';
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
ChapterFormat = Format;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
if 0 < #c then
Title = BookTitle;
if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
Format = '';
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution'); -- add missing contribution error message
-- TitleLink = '';
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
TransTitle = '';
end
URL = '';
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author'); -- add missing author error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
end
end
else -- if not a book cite
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_ignored'); -- add contributor ignored error message
end
Contribution = nil; -- unset
end
end


local Title = A['Title'];
-- cite map oddities
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
local Cartography = "";
 
local Scale = "";
local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
local accept_link;
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written (TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords
Chapter = A['Map'];
auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
end
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
 
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
 
local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == Chapter_origin then
if is_set( Cartography ) then
Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}}
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
Chapter = ''; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present
end
end
Scale = A['Scale'];
 
if is_set( Scale ) then
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
local Periodical_origin = '';
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter
local i;
Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin});
end
end
end
end


if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}}
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar?
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')});
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
end
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];


Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}}
link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList');
end


local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical'];
local Network = A['Network'];
local Station = A['Station'];
local s, n = {}, {};
-- do common parameters first
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date
Date = AirDate;
end


-- web and news not tested for now because of
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
-- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors?
local Season = A['Season'];
if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
-- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message
 
local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message
if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
if p[config.CitationClass]  then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]});
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
end
end
end
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
local Volume;
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical');
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
TransChapter = TransTitle;
if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_no_volume_t) then -- {{citation}} does not render |volume= when these parameters are used
ChapterURL = URL;
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
 
if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
Chapter = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
Series = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
URL = ''; -- unset
if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website=
TransTitle = '';
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
ScriptTitle = '';
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
Series = make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
end
end
else
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites
end
end
end
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
Volume = A['Volume'];
end
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), 'v');


local Issue;
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
do
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_issue_t) then -- {{citation}} may render |issue= when these parameters are used
if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then
Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
if not is_set (ID_list[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
end
 
if 'biorxiv' == config.CitationClass then
Periodical = 'bioRxiv'; -- set to bioRxiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
end
 
if 'citeseerx' == config.CitationClass then
Periodical = 'CiteSeerX'; -- set to CiteSeerX for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
end
end
end
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table
end
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then
 
Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
end
end
end
end
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), 'i');


local Page;
if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
local Pages;
TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
local At;
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
Page = A['Page'];
Pages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);
At = A['At'];
end
end


local Edition = A['Edition'];
-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace'));
if not is_set (Date) then
local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place'));
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName');
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
local i = 0;
PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin});
end
end
end
end


local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup?
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup');
 
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin});
end


PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS
--[[
end
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
 
we get the date used in the metadata.
local URL = A['URL']; -- TODO: better way to do this for URL, ChapterURL, and MapURL?
local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
UrlAccess = nil;
]]
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', 'url');
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
end
local error_message = '';
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
local date_parameters_list = {['সংগ্রহের-তারিখ']=AccessDate, ['আর্কাইভের-তারিখ']=ArchiveDate, ['তারিখ']=Date, ['ডিওআই-ভাঙ্গার-তারিখ']=DoiBroken,
local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['প্রকাশনার-তারিখ']=PublicationDate, ['বছর']=Year};
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')});
end


local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date);
if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then
-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
MapUrlAccess = nil;
if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'});
add_prop_cat ('jul_greg_uncertainty');
end
end
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization


local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
 
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
-- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message
if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message
if utilities.in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
end
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
add_maint_cat ('date_year');
end
end
end
for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
if not is_set(error_message) then -- error free dates only
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
local modified = false; -- flag
break; -- bail out if one is found
if is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
end
end
end
end
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category


local coins_pages;
if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
modified = true;
Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, A:ORIGIN('Page'), Pages, A:ORIGIN('Pages'), At);
add_maint_cat ('date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
end
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language,
-- uncomment these three lines.  Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons)
-- set date_name_xlate() second argument to true to translate English digits to local digits (will translate ymd dates)
if date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, true) then
modified = true;
end


local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
 
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['সংগ্রহের-তারিখ']; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['আর্কাইভের-তারিখ'];
utilities.add_prop_cat ('location-test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together
Date = date_parameters_list['তারিখ'];
if PublicationPlace == Place then
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['ডিওআই-ভাঙ্গার-তারিখ'];
Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same
LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'];
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['প্রকাশনার-তারিখ'];
end
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
end
elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ...
end -- end of do
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
end
 
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter');
local Format = A['Format'];
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter');
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
|encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=
|encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title=


|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set.  Do this after date check but before COInS.
|url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo);
All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified
]]


local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
if is_set(AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; pmc created url is not |url=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
end


if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}}
if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')});
Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset because not supported by this template
end
end
end
end


if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar?
-- Test if citation has no title
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin)});
if not is_set(Title) and
end
not is_set(TransTitle) and
 
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this?
Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia; allow periodical without encyclopedia
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'ধারাবাহিক'}, true ) } );
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia');
else
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'শিরোনাম'}, true ) } );
 
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia= is set
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then
if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle')
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
 
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
 
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
end
Title = Periodical;
ChapterFormat = Format;
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
TitleLink = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) or utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then -- |title= not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title=
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
end
end
end
if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
add_maint_cat ('untitled');
end
end


-- special case for cite techreport.
check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL
local ID = A['ID'];
['title']=Title,
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,
if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
[A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical,
if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
[A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
});
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')});
end
end
end


-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
local Conference = A['Conference'];
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap
local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle');
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
Chapter = Title;
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
Chapter_origin = 'title';
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
ChapterURL = URL;
coins_title = Periodical;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
URL_origin = '';
ChapterFormat = Format;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin;
Title = BookTitle;
Format = '';
-- TitleLink = '';
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
end
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
end
end
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
-- CS1/2 mode
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
local Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], '');
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
-- separator character and postscript
end
local sepc, PostScript = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], config.CitationClass);
 
-- controls capitalization of certain static text
-- this is the function call to COinS()
local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' );
local OCinSoutput = COinS({
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
-- cite map oddities
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,
local Cartography = "";
['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
local Scale = "";
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar?
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}); -- add error message
['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
end
['Series'] = Series,
Chapter = A['Map'];
['Volume'] = Volume,
Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map');
['Issue'] = Issue,
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
['Edition'] = Edition,
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap']
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap')
['Authors'] = coins_author,
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
}, config.CitationClass);


ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess;
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, and {{cite citeseerx}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, or CiteSeerX now unset so it isn't displayed
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
end


Cartography = A['Cartography'];
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
if is_set (PublisherName) then
end
PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'), nil ));
Scale = A['Scale'];
if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
end
end
end
end


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
local Series = A['Series'];
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];


SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set


local Network = A['Network'];
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
local Station = A['Station'];
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
local s, n = {}, {};
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
-- do common parameters first
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
do
if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
local last_first_list;
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
local control = {  
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
local Season = A['Season'];
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
page_name = this_page.text, -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
mode = Mode
};
 
do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);


if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set TODO: make a function for this and similar?
if is_set (Editors) then
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}); -- add error message
if editor_etal then
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
else
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
else
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
end
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle');
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link=
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
ChapterFormat = Format;


Title = Series; -- promote series to title
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
end
end
do -- now do interviewers
control.maximum = #interviewers_list; -- number of interviewerss
Interviewers = list_people(control, interviewers_list, false); -- et al not currently supported
end
do -- now do translators
control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators
Translators = list_people(control, t, false); -- et al not currently supported
end
do -- now do contributors
control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors
Contributors = list_people(control, c, false); -- et al not currently supported
end
do -- now do authors
control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);
 
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);


if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
if is_set (Authors) then
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
if author_etal then
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
end
else
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
end
URL = ''; -- unset
end -- end of do
TransTitle = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then
Format = '';
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
end
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
 
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
end
Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
end
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff


-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
local Degree = A['Degree'];
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'AV-media-notes', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'podcast', 'pressrelease', 'report', 'speech', 'techreport', 'thesis'}) then
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
end
 
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
end
end


if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
if not is_set(URL) then
TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
end
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
AccessDate = '';
end
end
end


-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess;
local Date = A['Date'];
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
if is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
local Year = A['Year'];
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
 
OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages
if not utilities.is_set (Date) then
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format=
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
end
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
elseif is_set (URL) then
else
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages
end
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
else
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls
end
end
end
end


if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
local chap_param;
if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
elseif is_set (TransChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter')
else is_set (ChapterFormat)
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
end


--[[
if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
we get the date used in the metadata.
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
TransChapter = '';
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
ChapterURL = '';
]]
ScriptChapter = '';
ChapterFormat = '';
end
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
end
end


local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], '');
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
if not utilities.is_set (DF) then
if is_set (Chapter) then
DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
end
Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' ';
elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
end
end
end


local ArchiveURL;
-- Format main title.
local ArchiveDate;
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if elipsis is the last three characters of |title=
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
Title = mw.ustring.gsub (Title, '(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.') then -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%'..sepc..'$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character
end
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
Title = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title);
end


ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url (ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), ArchiveDate); -- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
else
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
end


local TransError = "";
if is_set(TransTitle) then
if is_set(Title) then
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
else
TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'শিরোনাম'} );
end
end
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
if is_set(Title) then
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin, UrlAccess ) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format;
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
Format = "";
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
else
local error_message = '';
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
end
local date_parameters_list = {
else
['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
Title = TransTitle .. TransError;
['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
end
['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin},
['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
['lay-date'] = {val = LayDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')},
['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
};


local error_list = {};
if is_set(Place) then
anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list);
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
end


-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
if is_set (Conference) then
if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then
if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
utilities.add_prop_cat ('jul-greg-uncertainty');
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
end
end
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
end


if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
if not is_set(Position) then
validation.year_date_check (Year, A:ORIGIN ('Year'), Date, A:ORIGIN ('Date'), error_list);
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
end
local Time = A['Time'];
if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty
local modified = false; -- flag
if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
end


if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
if is_set(Minutes) then
modified = true;
if is_set (Time) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
end
end
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language; not supported at en.wiki
else
if cfg.date_name_auto_xlate_enable and validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, cfg.date_digit_auto_xlate_enable ) then
if is_set(Time) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_auto_xlated'); -- add maint cat
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
modified = true;
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
end
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
 
if sepc ~= '.' then
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
end
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val;
end
Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val;
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val;
LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'].val;
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
end
end
else
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}); -- add this error message
end
end
end -- end of do
else
Position = " " .. Position;
At = '';
end


local ID_list = {}; -- sequence table of rendered identifiers
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
local ID_list_coins = {}; -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
local ID_support = {
{A['ASINTLD'], 'ASIN', 'err_asintld_missing_asin', A:ORIGIN ('ASINTLD')},
{DoiBroken, 'DOI', 'err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
{Embargo, 'PMC', 'err_embargo_missing_pmc', A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
}


ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'], Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class}, ID_support);
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
local Section = A['Section'];
local Sections = A['Sections'];
local Inset = A['Inset'];
if is_set( Inset ) then
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
end


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data.
if is_set( Sections ) then
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
if not utilities.is_set (ID_list_coins[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
elseif is_set( Section ) then
utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing'); -- add error message
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
end
end
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
end


Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass];
if is_set (Language) then
end
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
else
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
]]
end
 
Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
if is_set (Translators) then
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
end
if is_set (Interviewers) then
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
end
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
if is_set (Edition) then
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');
end
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
else
Edition = '';
end


-- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free
Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or ""; -- TODO: presentation


if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled
if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'];
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1];
end
end


if utilities.is_set (URL) then -- set when using an identifier-created URL
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- |access-date= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url'); -- add an error message
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
end


if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then -- |archive-url= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); -- add an error message
if is_set(Via) then
ArchiveURL = ''; -- unset
Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
end
end
end
end


-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact.
--[[
-- Test if citation has no title
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
utilities.set_message ('err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'});
]]
if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
else
SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
end
end


if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and
if is_set(AccessDate) then
utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
(utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and
('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
end


-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap
 
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
end
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
coins_title = Periodical;
end
end
end
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
end
end
local QuotePage = A['QuotePage'];
local QuotePages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']);


-- this is the function call to COinS()
ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {IdAccessLevels=ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );
local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({
['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS
['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter,
['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
['Series'] = Series,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
['Authors'] = coins_author,
['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
}, config.CitationClass);


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
if is_set(URL) then
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin, UrlAccess );
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
end
end


-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
if is_set(Quote) then
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil ));
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off
end
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
end
end
local Editors;
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
local contributor_etal;
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
local translator_etal;
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
local Interviewers;
local interviewers_list = {};
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters
local interviewer_etal;
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
local Archived
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
do
ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
local last_first_list;
end
local control = {
if "no" == DeadURL then
format = NameListStyle, -- empty string or 'vanc'
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
mode = Mode
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
};
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
 
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');  
control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayEditors'));
Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal);
 
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then  
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
end
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
if 'bot: unknown' == DeadURL then
add_maint_cat ('bot:_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
else
add_maint_cat ('unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
end
else
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
end
end
do -- now do interviewers
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
control.maximum, interviewer_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayInterviewers'], #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayInterviewers'));
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal);
else
Archived = ""
end
local Lay = '';
if is_set(LayURL) then
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
if is_set(LaySource) then
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
else
LaySource = "";
end
end
do -- now do translators
if sepc == '.' then
control.maximum, translator_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayTranslators'], #t, 'translators', translator_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayTranslators'));
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal);
else
end
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
do -- now do contributors
end
control.maximum, contributor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayContributors'], #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayContributors'));
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal);
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
end
end
do -- now do authors
control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayAuthors'));
 
last_first_list = list_people (control, a, author_etal);


if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
if is_set(Transcript) then
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al.
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
if author_etal then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
end
else
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
end -- end of do
if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
end
end
 
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
end
end


local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
local Publisher;
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
end
 
if is_set(PublisherName) then
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
else
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; 
end
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
if is_set(Periodical) then
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then  
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
else
Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
end
end
end


if not utilities.is_set (URL) then
--[[
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website=
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
utilities.set_message ('err_cite_web_url');
]]
end
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url');
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
AccessDate = '';
end
end
end
end
end


local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], '');
-- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil.
local OriginalURL
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
local OriginalURL_origin
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
local OriginalFormat
local OriginalAccess;
UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then
if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format=
 
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
end
elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;


if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it
local tcommon;
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
if is_set(Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here?
end
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
else
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (UrlStatus) then -- if |url-status= is set when |archive-url= is not set
utilities.set_message ('maint_url_status'); -- add maint cat
end


if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
local chap_param;
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then
end
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin;
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat)
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
end


if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
else -- all other CS1 templates
utilities.set_message ('err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}); -- add error message
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,  
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
TransChapter = '';
ChapterURL = '';
ScriptChapter = '';
ChapterFormat = '';
end
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
end
end
 
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
end
Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' ';
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
end
end
end
 
-- Format main title
if #ID_list > 0 then
local plain_title = false;
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
local accept_title;
else
Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title>
ID_list = ID;
if accept_title and ('' == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())"
Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message
-- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting
ScriptTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
TransTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
plain_title = true; -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
end
end
local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
local text;
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;


if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
if is_set(Date) then
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title=
if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
else -- neither of authors and editors set
not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc
else
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc
end
end
end
 
end
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then
if is_set(Authors) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
end
 
if is_set(Editors) then
if is_generic ('generic_titles', Title) then
local in_text = " ";
utilities.set_message ('err_generic_title'); -- set an error message
local post_text = "";
if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
if (sepc ~= '.') then
in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2
end
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
end
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
end
end
if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc
 
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
if is_set (Editors) and is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
end
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
if (not is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above)
end
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
else
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
end
 
if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then
if utilities.is_set (Title) then
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
else
else
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'title'});
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
end
end
end
elseif is_set(Editors) then
 
if is_set(Date) then
if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs?
if EditorCount <= 1 then
if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url'); -- set an error message because we can't have both
TitleLink = ''; -- unset
end
if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. Format;
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
Format = "";
elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then
local ws_url;
ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here
if ws_url then
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title});
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
else
else
Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle;
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
end
else
else
local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink)
if EditorCount <= 1 then
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
if ws_url then
Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title});
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
else
else
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
end
end
end
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
else
else
Title = TransTitle;
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
end
end
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
end
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );


if utilities.is_set (Place) then
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
local options = {};
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
options.class = config.CitationClass;
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
else
options.class = "citation";
end
end
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate
local id = Ref
if ('harv' == Ref ) then
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation


local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then
namelist = c; -- select it
if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
namelist = a;
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
namelist = e;
end
if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist
id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
else
id = ''; -- unset
end
end
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
options.id = id;
elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other html-like markup; then get length of what remains
z.error_categories = {};
text = set_error('empty_citation');
z.message_tail = {};
end
end
local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation


local Position = '';
if is_set(options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
if not utilities.is_set (Position) then
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
else
local Time = A['Time'];
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases
end
 
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation


if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
if utilities.is_set (Time) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar?
table.insert (render, ' ');
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')});
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
end
if is_set(v[1]) then
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
if i == #z.message_tail then
else
table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1], v[2] ));
if utilities.is_set (Time) then
else
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] ));
if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
if sepc ~= '.' then
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
end
end
end
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
end
end
end
end
else
Position = " " .. Position;
At = '';
end
end


Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
 
table.insert (render, '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33; margin-left:0.3em">');
At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
table.insert (render, v);
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
table.insert (render, ' (');
local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier
table.insert (render, make_wikilink (':Category:' .. v, 'link'));
local Inset = A['Inset'];
table.insert (render, ') ');
if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
end
 
if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
end
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
end
 
local Others = A['Others'];
if utilities.is_set (Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor=
if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes"
or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then -- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now
utilities.set_message ('maint_others_avm')
else
utilities.set_message ('maint_others');
end
end
table.insert (render, '</span>');
end
end
Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
if utilities.is_set (Translators) then
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
end
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
end
TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories
if utilities.is_set (Edition) then
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn.
utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_edition'); -- add error message
end
end
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
else
Edition = '';
end
end


Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum
return table.concat (render);
local Agency = A['Agency'];
end
Agency = utilities.is_set (Agency) and wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}) or "";
 
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
 
--[[--------------------------< C S 1 . C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------


if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']


AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
]]
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text


AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
function cs1.citation(frame)
end
Frame = frame; -- save a copy incase we need to display an error message in preview mode
local pframe = frame:getParent()
local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata;
if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules
local Docket = A['Docket'];
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID;
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');
end
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
else -- otherwise
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:स्रोत/रूपरेखा'); -- load live versions of support modules
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:स्रोत/सादातालिका');
utilities = require ('Module:स्रोत/उपयोगिता');
validation = require ('Module:स्रोत/पहुँच_मिति');
identifiers = require ('Module:स्रोत/पहिचानकर्ता');
metadata = require ('Module:स्रोत/COinS');
end
end


if utilities.is_set (URL) then
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess );
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
end
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module


local Quote = A['Quote'];
dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation
local TransQuote = A['TransQuote'];
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
local ScriptQuote = A['ScriptQuote'];
reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates;
if utilities.is_set (Quote) or utilities.is_set (TransQuote) or utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash;
date_name_xlate = validation.date_name_xlate;


if utilities.is_set (Quote) then
is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
if Quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
in_array = utilities.in_array;
Quote = Quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
substitute = utilities.substitute;
end
error_comment = utilities.error_comment;
end
set_error = utilities.set_error;
select_one = utilities.select_one;
add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat;
wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style;
safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics;
is_wikilink = utilities.is_wikilink;
make_wikilink = utilities.make_wikilink;
 
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities


Quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list;
is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed;
extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels;
if utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
Quote = script_concatenate (Quote, ScriptQuote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped
get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages;
end
COinS = metadata.COinS;
 
local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments
local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
local error_text, error_state;


if utilities.is_set (TransQuote) then
local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
if TransQuote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and TransQuote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
TransQuote = TransQuote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
config[k] = v;
end
-- args[k] = v; -- debug tool that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}
Quote = Quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransQuote );
end
end


if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) or utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then -- add page prefix
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
local quote_prefix = '';
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) then
if v ~= '' then
extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePage, 'quote-page'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
if not NoPP then
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
error_text = "";
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
end
elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then  
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
else
else
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
end
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
elseif utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the sandbox version
extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePages, 'quote-pages'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
else
if tonumber(QuotePages) ~= nil and not NoPP then -- if only digits, assume single page
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:स्रोत/परामर्श' ); -- use the live version
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
end
elseif not NoPP then
end
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
else
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
end
end
                       
Quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. Quote;
else
Quote = sepc .. " " .. Quote;
end
 
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
end
-- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by
-- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't
-- a displayed postscript.
-- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable?
-- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern?
if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript')
end
local Archived;
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
local arch_text;
if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date');
ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
if "live" == UrlStatus then
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'],
{external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
else
Archived = '';
end
if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');
Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'
if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then
utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
else
utilities.set_message ('maint_unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead'
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
else
Archived = ''; -- unset for concatenation
end
end
else -- OriginalUrl not set
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');
Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
else
Archived = '';
end
local Lay = '';
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
if utilities.is_set (LayURL) then
if utilities.is_set (LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
if utilities.is_set (LaySource) then
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. utilities.safe_for_italics (LaySource) .. "''";
else
LaySource = "";
end
if sepc == '.' then
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
else
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
end
elseif utilities.is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
end
 
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then
if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
end
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
end
 
local Publisher;
if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
end
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; 
end
elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
local TransPeriodical =  A['TransPeriodical'];
local TransPeriodical_origin =  A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical');
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
else
Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
end
end
local Language = A['Language'];
if utilities.is_set (Language) then
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc.
else
Language=''; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
]]
end
 
--[[
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
TitleNote = TitleType; -- move TitleType to TitleNote so that it renders ahead of |event=
TitleType = ''; -- and unset
 
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
end
end
end
 
-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
 
local tcommon;
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
if utilities.is_set (Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here?
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc.
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
else
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
 
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
end
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
 
else -- all other CS1 templates
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
if #ID_list > 0 then
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
else
ID_list = ID;
end
local Via = A['Via'];
Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and  wrap_msg ('via', Via) or '';
local idcommon;
if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
else
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
end
local text;
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
 
local OrigDate = A['OrigDate'];
OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or '';
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses
else -- neither of authors and editors set
if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc
else
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if utilities.is_set (Editors) then
local in_text = " ";
local post_text = "";
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
if (sepc ~= '.') then
in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2
end
end
if EditorCount <= 1 then
post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")"; -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case
else
post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")";
end
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc.
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
end
elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
else
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
end
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
else
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
end
if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = text:sub(1, -sepc:len() - 1);
end
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
 
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element
local options_t = {};
options_t.class = cite_class_attribute_make (config.CitationClass, Mode);
 
local Ref = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Ref'], A:ORIGIN('Ref'), cfg.keywords_lists['ref'], nil, true); -- nil when |ref=harv; A['Ref'] else
 
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[(Ref and Ref:lower()) or ''] then
local namelist_t = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
 
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
namelist_t = c; -- select it
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
namelist_t = a;
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
namelist_t = e;
end
local citeref_id;
if #namelist_t > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist_t
citeref_id = make_citeref_id (namelist_t, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
if mw.uri.anchorEncode (citeref_id) == ((Ref and mw.uri.anchorEncode (Ref)) or '') then -- Ref may already be encoded (by {{sfnref}}) so citeref_id must be encoded before comparison
utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_duplicates_default');
end
else
citeref_id = ''; -- unset
end
options_t.id = Ref or citeref_id;
end
 
if string.len (text:gsub('%b<>', '')) <= 2 then -- remove html and html-like tags; then get length of what remains;
z.error_cats_t = {}; -- blank the categories list
z.error_msgs_t = {}; -- blank the error messages list
OCinSoutput = nil; -- blank the metadata string
text = ''; -- blank the the citation
utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation'); -- set empty citation message and category
end
local render_t = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation
 
if utilities.is_set (options_t.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options_t.id), mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set or when there is a namelist
else
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref=none or when namelist_t empty and |ref= is missing or is empty
end
 
if OCinSoutput then -- blanked when citation is 'empty' so don't bother to add boilerplate metadata span
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], OCinSoutput)); -- format and append metadata to the citation
end
 
local template_name = ('citation' == config.CitationClass) and 'citation' or 'cite ' .. (cfg.citation_class_map_t[config.CitationClass] or config.CitationClass);
local template_link = '[[Template:' .. template_name .. '|' .. template_name .. ']]';
local msg_prefix = '<code class="cs1-code">{{' .. template_link .. '}}</code>: ';
 
if 0 ~= #z.error_msgs_t then
mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_e, template_link));
 
table.insert (render_t, ' '); -- insert a space between citation and its error messages
table.sort (z.error_msgs_t); -- sort the error messages list; sorting includes wrapping <span> and <code> tags; hidden-error sorts ahead of visible-error
 
local hidden = true; -- presume that the only error messages emited by this template are hidden
for _, v in ipairs (z.error_msgs_t) do -- spin through the list of error messages
if v:find ('cs1-visible-error', 1, true) then -- look for the visible error class name
hidden = false; -- found one; so don't hide the error message prefix
break; -- and done because no need to look further
end
end
 
z.error_msgs_t[1] = table.concat ({utilities.error_comment (msg_prefix, hidden), z.error_msgs_t[1]}); -- add error message prefix to first error message to prevent extraneous punctuation
table.insert (render_t, table.concat (z.error_msgs_t, '; ')); -- make a big string of error messages and add it to the rendering
end
 
if 0 ~= #z.maint_cats_t then
mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_m, template_link));
 
table.sort (z.maint_cats_t); -- sort the maintenance messages list
 
local maint_msgs_t = {}; -- here we collect all of the maint messages
 
if 0 == #z.error_msgs_t then -- if no error messages
table.insert (maint_msgs_t, msg_prefix); -- insert message prefix in maint message livery
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.maint_cats_t ) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert (maint_msgs_t, -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs_t table
table.concat ({v, ' (', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], v), ')'})
);
end
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs_t, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint messages with proper presentation and save
end
 
if not no_tracking_cats then
for _, v in ipairs (z.error_cats_t) do -- append error categories
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v));
end
for _, v in ipairs (z.maint_cats_t) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v));
end
for _, v in ipairs (z.prop_cats_t) do -- append properties categories
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v));
end
end
 
return table.concat (render_t); -- make a big string and done
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
 
Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.
 
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
true - active, supported parameters
false - deprecated, supported parameters
nil - unsupported parameters
]]
 
local function validate (name, cite_class, empty)
local name = tostring (name);
local enum_name; -- for enumerated parameters, is name with enumerator replaced with '#'
local state;
local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
if empty then return nil; end -- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
if 'tracked' == state then
local base_name = name:gsub ('%d', ''); -- strip enumerators from parameter names that have them to get the base name
utilities.add_prop_cat ('tracked-param', {base_name}, base_name); -- add a properties category; <base_name> modifies <key>
return true;
end
return nil;
end
 
if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted
return nil;
end
 
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list ) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name];
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
state = whitelist.preprint_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
-- limited enumerated parameters list
enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[enum_name];
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end -- end limited parameter-set templates
 
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list) then -- experiment for template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list
state = whitelist.unique_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
end -- if here, fall into general validation
state = whitelist.basic_arguments[name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
-- all enumerated parameters allowed
enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[enum_name];
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end
 
 
--[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------
 
check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup.  <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code.  when these values have the form (without leading colon):
[[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text
[[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text
 
return value as is else
 
]=]
 
local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value)
local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists
local _;
if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter); -- emit an error message
_, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink
end
return value;
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------
 
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
parameter that is missing its pipe.  There are two tests made:
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name
{{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki)
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives XML/HTML
tags are removed before the search.
 
If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.
 
]]
 
local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value)
local capture;
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc.
 
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter);
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >--------------------------------------
 
look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked
 
]]
 
local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value)
if 'number' == type (param) then
return;
end
param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize
if cfg.punct_skip[param] then
return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done
end
if value:match ('[,;:]$') then
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
end
if value:match ('^=') then -- sometimes an extraneous '=' character appears ...
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ U R L >------------------------------------------
 
look for extraneous url parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked
 
]]
 
local function has_extraneous_url (url_param_t)
local url_error_t = {};
check_for_url (url_param_t, url_error_t); -- extraneous url check
if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors
table.sort (url_error_t);
utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_ext_link', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)}); -- add this error message
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >--------------------------------------------------------------
 
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
 
]]
 
local function citation(frame)
Frame = frame; -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode
local sandbox = '/sandbox' -- i18n: replace this rvalue with the name that your wiki uses to identify sandbox subpages
is_sandbox = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), sandbox, 1, true); -- is this invoke the sandbox module?
sandbox = is_sandbox and sandbox or ''; -- use i18n sandbox to load sandbox modules when this module is the sandox; live modules else
 
local pframe = frame:getParent()
local styles;
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration' .. sandbox); -- load sandbox versions of support modules when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live modules else
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist' .. sandbox);
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities' .. sandbox);
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation' .. sandbox);
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers' .. sandbox);
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS' .. sandbox);
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1' .. sandbox .. '/styles.css';
 
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
 
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 
is_preview_mode = not utilities.is_set (frame:preprocess ('{{REVISIONID}}'));
 
local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments
local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
local error_text; -- used as a flag
 
local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame
config[k] = v;
-- args[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep?
end
 
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame
v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string
if v ~= '' then
if ('string' == type (k)) then
k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
end
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then
if type (k) ~= 'string' then -- exclude empty numbered parameters
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_text_ignored', {v});
end
elseif validate (k:lower(), config.CitationClass) then
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
else
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
if is_sandbox then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version
else
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version
end
end
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
if capture then -- if the pattern matches  
if capture then -- if the pattern matches  
param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
param = substitute( param, capture ); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true ); -- set the error message
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}); -- set the suggestion error message
else
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k}); -- suggested param not supported by this template
v = ''; -- unset
end
end
end
end
end
if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion?
if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
if (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil) and validate (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ], config.CitationClass) then
if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]});
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
else
else
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k});
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
end
end
end
end
end    
end    
if error_text ~= '' then
table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
end
end
end
 
missing_pipe_check (v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
args[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value
-- TODO: is this the best place for this translation?
 
args[k] = v;
elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- here when v is empty string
if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter
args[k] = v; -- why do we do this?  we don't support 'empty' parameters
k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text
end
table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list
end
-- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep?
-- elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that)
-- args[k] = v; -- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here
end -- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact?
end
end
if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message
utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', {
1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's',
utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns)
});
end
local url_param_t = {};


for k, v in pairs( args ) do
for k, v in pairs( args ) do
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters
has_invisible_chars (k, v);
end
has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values
missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label
 
if 'string' == type (k) and not cfg.url_skip[k] then -- when parameter k is not positional and not in url skip table
url_param_t[k] = v; -- make a parameter/value list for extraneous url check
end
end
end
end
 
has_extraneous_url (url_param_t); -- look for url in parameter values where a url does not belong
if  args.title or args.url then -- this code used at ne.wiki only; not maintained in en.wiki source
 
add_maint_cat ('ne.wiki_uses_en-lang_params'); -- add maint cat if English parameter name |title= or |url= is used in the template
return table.concat ({
end -- end ne.wiki only
frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles}),
citation0( config, args)
return citation0( config, args)
});
end
end


 
return cs1;
--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D  F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
]]
 
return {citation = citation};

०७:०९, २६ सेप्टेम्बर २०२३को रुपमा हालको पुनरावलोकनहरू

<section begin=header />

<section end=header />

This module and associated sub-modules support the Citation Style 1 and Citation Style 2 citation templates. In general, it is not intended to be called directly, but is called by one of the core CS1 and CS2 templates. <section begin=module_components_table /> These files comprise the module support for CS1|2 citation templates:

CS1 | CS2 modules
live sandbox diff description
Gold padlock Module:Citation/CS1 Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox [edit] diff Rendering and support functions
Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox [edit] diff Translation tables; error and identifier handlers
Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox [edit] diff List of active and deprecated CS1|2 parameters
Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation/sandbox [edit] diff Date format validation functions
Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox [edit] diff Functions that support the named identifiers (ISBN, DOI, PMID, etc.)
Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox [edit] diff Common functions and tables
Module:Citation/CS1/COinS Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox [edit] diff Functions that render a CS1|2 template's metadata
Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css [edit] diff CSS styles applied to the CS1|2 templates
Silver padlock Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox [edit] diff List that maps common erroneous parameter names to valid parameter names

<section end=module_components_table />

Other documentation:

testcases



local cs1 ={};

--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D   D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]

local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash,				-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
	date_name_xlate

local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one,		-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
	add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, is_wikilink, make_wikilink;

local z ={};																	-- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

local extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels, build_id_list, is_embargoed;		-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers

local make_coins_title, get_coins_pages, COinS;									-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS

local cfg = {};																	-- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {};															-- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist


--[[--------------------------< P A G E   S C O P E   V A R I A B L E S >--------------------------------------

delare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; thatare created here
and used here

]]

local added_deprecated_cat;														-- boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_prop_cats = {};														-- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
local added_vanc_errs;															-- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category

local Frame;																	-- holds the module's frame table


--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------

Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table,
left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated.  Returns nil if none are set.

This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs.  With the pairs
version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed.  With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.

]]

local function first_set (list, count)
	local i = 1;
	while i <= count do															-- loop through all items in list
		if is_set( list[i] ) then
			return list[i];														-- return the first set list member
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- point to next
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------

Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.

added_vanc_errs is a boolean declared in page scope variables above

]]

local function add_vanc_error (source)
	if not added_vanc_errs then
		added_vanc_errs = true;													-- note that we've added this category
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {source}, true ) } );
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------

does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
	Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
   letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
   ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").

returns true if it does, else false

]]

local function is_scheme (scheme)
	return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:');						-- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------

Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?

Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
	see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db

rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.

Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported

domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld.  tld
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.

There are several tests:
	the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
	internationalized domain name (ascii characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the tld) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
	single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org and .cash TLDs
	q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
	i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
	single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
	two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
	three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
	IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed

returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false

]=]

local function is_domain_name (domain)
	if not domain then
		return false;															-- if not set, abandon
	end
	
	domain = domain:gsub ('^//', '');											-- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
	
	if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then										-- first character must be letter or digit
		return false;
	end
																				-- Do most common case first
	if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then				-- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.xn%-%-[%a%d]+$') then	-- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.cash$') then							-- one character/digit .cash hostname
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then							-- one character/digit .org hostname
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then								-- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then								-- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then							-- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars)
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then					-- two character hostname and tld
		return true;
	elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then		-- IPv4 address
		return true;
	else
		return false;
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------

returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false.

This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
wikilinks.

]]

local function is_url (scheme, domain)
	if is_set (scheme) then														-- if scheme is set check it and domain
		return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
	else
		return is_domain_name (domain);											-- scheme not set when url is protocol relative
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.

First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following tld) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).

If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.

When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.

Strip off any port and path;

]]

local function split_url (url_str)
	local scheme, authority, domain;
	
	url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1');						-- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')

	if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then											-- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url
		domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
	elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then										-- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
		scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)');			-- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
		authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1);								-- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
		if is_set(authority) then												-- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
			return scheme;														-- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
		end
		domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1');								-- strip port number if present
	end
	
	return scheme, domain;
end


--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls

Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
	# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links

returns false when the value contains any of these characters.

When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).

]]

local function link_param_ok (value)
	local scheme, domain;
	if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then											-- if any prohibited characters
		return false;
	end

	scheme, domain = split_url (value);											-- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url; 
	return not is_url (scheme, domain);											-- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url
end


--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.

|<title>= may be wikilinked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
that condition exists

]]

local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
local orig;

	if is_set (link) then 														-- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
		if not link_param_ok (link) then										-- check |<param>-link= markup
			orig = lorig;														-- identify the failing link parameter
		elseif title:find ('%[%[') then											-- check |title= for wikilink markup
			orig = torig;														-- identify the failing |title= parameter
		end
	end

	if is_set (orig) then
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)});	-- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.

First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the url into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the url.  If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.

Because it is different from a standard url, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4

]]

local function check_url( url_str )
	if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then										-- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url
		return false;
	end
	local scheme, domain;

	scheme, domain = split_url (url_str);										-- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
	
	if 'news:' == scheme then													-- special case for newsgroups
		return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$');
	end
	
	return is_url (scheme, domain);												-- return true if value appears to be a valid url
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------

Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url.  The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls.

The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls.  The tests that
find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].

]=]

local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
local scheme, domain;

	if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then								-- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
	elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then								-- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
	elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then										-- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
	elseif value:match ('//%S+') then											-- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
		scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)'));					-- what is left should be the domain
	else
		return false;															-- didn't find anything that is obviously a url
	end

	return is_url (scheme, domain);												-- return true if value appears to be a valid url
end


--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------

loop through a list of parameters and their values.  Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.

]]

local function check_for_url (parameter_list)
local error_message = '';
	for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do										-- for each parameter in the list
		if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then									-- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message
			if is_set(error_message) then										-- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
				error_message=error_message .. ", ";							-- ... add a comma space separator
			end
			error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "=";				-- add the failed parameter
		end
	end
	if is_set (error_message) then												-- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------

Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions

]]

local function safe_for_url( str )
	if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then 
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
	end
	
	return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {	
		['['] = '&#91;',
		[']'] = '&#93;',
		['\n'] = ' ' } );
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------

Format an external link with error checking

]]

local function external_link( URL, label, source, access)
	local error_str = "";
	local domain;
	local path;
	local base_url;
	
	if not is_set( label ) then
		label = URL;
		if is_set( source ) then
			error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
		else
			error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
		end			
	end
	if not check_url( URL ) then
		error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
	end
	
	domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$');					-- split the url into scheme plus domain and path
	if path then																-- if there is a path portion
		path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'});					-- replace '[' and ']' with their percent encoded values
		URL=domain..path;														-- and reassemble
	end
	
	if is_set (access) then														-- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
		label = safe_for_url (label);											-- replace square brackets and newlines

		base_url = table.concat (												-- assemble external link with access signal
			{
			'<span class="plainlinks">[',										-- opening css and url markup
			URL,																-- the url
			' ',																-- the required space
			label,
			'<span style="padding-left:0.15em">',								-- signal spacing css
			cfg.presentation[access],											-- the appropriate icon
			'</span>',															-- close signal spacing span
			']</span>'															-- close url markup and plain links span
			});
	else
		base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]" });	-- no signal markup
	end
	
	return table.concat({ base_url, error_str });
end


--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------

Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  The function includes the
offending parameter name to the error message.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
parameters in the citation.

added_deprecated_cat is a boolean declared in page scope variables above

]]

local function deprecated_parameter(name)
	if not added_deprecated_cat then
		added_deprecated_cat = true;											-- note that we've added this category
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } );		-- add error message
	end
end


--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------

Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.

This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
	"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
	" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.

Replaces unicode quotemarks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.

Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.

]=]

local function kern_quotes (str)
	local cap='';
	local cap2='';
	local wl_type, label, link;

	wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (str);									-- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
	
	if 1 == wl_type then														-- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
		if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then		-- leading and trailing quote marks
			str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str);
		elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]')	then			-- leading quote marks
			str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str);
		elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then				-- trailing quote marks
			str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str);
		end

	else																		-- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
		label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"');							-- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
		label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\'');							-- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)

		cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)");				-- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
		if is_set (cap) then
			label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
		end
	
		cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$")				-- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
		if is_set (cap) then
			label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
		end
		
		if 2 == wl_type then
			str = make_wikilink (link, label);									-- reassemble the wikilink
		else
			str = label;
		end
	end
	return str;
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------

|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.

Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.

|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
	|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
	|script-title=ja : *** ***
	|script-title=ja: *** ***
	|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***

The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.

Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter=

TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
]]

local function format_script_value (script_value)
	local lang='';																-- initialize to empty string
	local name;
	if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then										-- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
		lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*');						-- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
		if not is_set (lang) then
			return '';															-- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
		end
																				-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
		name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "bn" );	-- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
		if is_set (name) then													-- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
			script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', '');				-- strip prefix from script
																				-- is prefix one of these language codes?
			if in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
				add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
			else
				add_prop_cat ('script')
			end
			lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" ';									-- convert prefix into a lang attribute
		else
			lang = '';															-- invalid so set lang to empty string
		end
	end
	script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value});	-- isolate in case script is rtl

	return script_value;
end


--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------

Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been 
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
]]

local function script_concatenate (title, script)
	if is_set (script) then
		script = format_script_value (script);									-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
		if is_set (script) then
			title = title .. ' ' .. script;										-- concatenate title and script title
		end
	end
	return title;
end


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------

Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().

]]

local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
	if not is_set( str ) then
		return "";
	end
	if true == lower then
		local msg;
		msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower();										-- set the message to lower case before 
		return substitute( msg, str );										-- including template text
	else
		return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str );
	end		
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------

Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).

]]

local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
	local chapter_error = '';
	
	if not is_set (chapter) then
		chapter = '';															-- to be safe for concatenation
	else
		if false == no_quotes then
			chapter = kern_quotes (chapter);									-- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
			chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
		end
	end

	chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter)						-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped

	if is_set (chapterurl) then
		chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access);		-- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
	end

	if is_set (transchapter) then
		transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
		if is_set (chapter) then
			chapter = chapter ..  ' ' .. transchapter;
		else																	-- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
			chapter = transchapter;												-- 
			chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
		end
	end

--	if is_set (chapterurl) then
--		chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source, access);		-- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
--	end

	return chapter .. chapter_error;
end


--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------

This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters.  The search stops at the
first match.

This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.

Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)
and identifies them with a slightly different error message.  See also coins_cleanup().

Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates.

Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker
that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the
parameter value.

]]

local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
	local position = '';														-- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
	local dummy;																-- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
	local capture;																-- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
	local i=1;
	local stripmarker, apostrophe;
	
	capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*');										-- Test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
	if capture == v then														-- if same there are no unicode characters
		return;
	end

	while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
		local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1]									-- the character or group name
		local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2]									-- the pattern used to find it
		position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern)					-- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
		
		if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then						-- if we found a zero width joiner character
			if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then						-- its ok if one of the indic scripts
				position = nil;													-- unset position
			end
		end
		
		if position then
			if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture then 					-- nowiki, math stripmarker (not an error condition)
				stripmarker = true;												-- set a flag
			elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then				-- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
				position = nil;													-- unset
			else
				local err_msg;
				if capture then
					err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char;
				else
					err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character';
				end

				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } );	-- add error message
				return;															-- and done with this parameter
			end
		end
		i=i+1;																	-- bump our index
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------------------------------

Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that
multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.

]]

local function argument_wrapper( args )
	local origin = {};
	
	return setmetatable({
		ORIGIN = function( self, k )
			local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
			return origin[k];
		end
	},
	{
		__index = function ( tbl, k )
			if origin[k] ~= nil then
				return nil;
			end
			
			local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
			
			if type( list ) == 'table' then
				v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
				if origin[k] == nil then
					origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
				end
			elseif list ~= nil then
				v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
			else
				-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
				-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
				error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
			end
			
			-- Empty strings, not nil;
			if v == nil then
				v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
				origin[k] = '';
			end
			
			tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
			return v;
		end,
	});
end


--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------

Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.

Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
	true - active, supported parameters
	false - deprecated, supported parameters
	nil - unsupported parameters
	
]]

local function validate( name, cite_class )
	local name = tostring( name );
	local state;
	
	if in_array (cite_class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then			-- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
		state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[ name ];
		if true == state then return true; end									-- valid actively supported parameter
		if false == state then
			deprecated_parameter (name);										-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
			return true;
		end

		if 'arxiv' == cite_class then											-- basic parameters unique to these templates
			state = whitelist.arxiv_basic_arguments[name];
		end
		if 'biorxiv' == cite_class then
			state = whitelist.biorxiv_basic_arguments[name];
		end
		if 'citeseerx' == cite_class then
			state = whitelist.citeseerx_basic_arguments[name];
		end

		if true == state then return true; end									-- valid actively supported parameter
		if false == state then
			deprecated_parameter (name);										-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
			return true;
		end
																				-- limited enumerated parameters list
		name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" );											-- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
		state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[ name ];
		if true == state then return true; end									-- valid actively supported parameter
		if false == state then
			deprecated_parameter (name);										-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
			return true;
		end

		return false;															-- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
	end																			-- end limited parameter-set templates
		
	state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];									-- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed
											
	if true == state then return true; end										-- valid actively supported parameter
	if false == state then
		deprecated_parameter (name);											-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
		return true;
	end
																				-- all enumerated parameters allowed
	name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" );												-- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
	state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];

	if true == state then return true; end										-- valid actively supported parameter
	if false == state then
		deprecated_parameter (name);											-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
		return true;
	end
	
	return false;																-- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end


--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------

When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY

DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.

]]

local function nowrap_date (date)
	local cap='';
	local cap2='';

	if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
		date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
	
	elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
		cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
		date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
	end
	
	return date;
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------

This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).

]]

local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
	if is_set(title_type) then
		if "none" == title_type then
			title_type = "";													-- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
		end
		return title_type;														-- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
	end

	return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or '';									-- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end


--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------

Converts a hyphen to a dash

]]

local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
	if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
		return str;
	end	
	return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------

Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.

]]

local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
	local f = {};																-- create a function table appropriate to type of 'dupicate character'
		if 1 == #duplicate_char then											-- for single byte ascii characters use the string library functions
			f.gsub=string.gsub
			f.match=string.match
			f.sub=string.sub
		else																	-- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
			f.gsub=mw.ustring.gsub
			f.match=mw.ustring.match
			f.sub=mw.ustring.sub
		end

	local str = '';																-- the output string
	local comp = '';															-- what does 'comp' mean?
	local end_chr = '';
	local trim;
	for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
		if value == nil then value = ''; end
		
		if str == '' then														-- if output string is empty
			str = value;														-- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
		elseif value ~= '' then
			if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then										-- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
				comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" );								-- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
			else
				comp = value;
			end
																				-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
			if f.sub(comp, 1,1) == duplicate_char then							-- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
																				--   Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
																				--   preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
				trim = false;
				end_chr = f.sub(str, -1,-1);									-- get the last character of the output string
				-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")"					-- debug stuff?
				if end_chr == duplicate_char then								-- if same as separator
					str = f.sub(str, 1,-2);										-- remove it
				elseif end_chr == "'" then										-- if it might be wikimarkup
					if f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then			-- if last three chars of str are sepc'' 
						str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''";						-- remove them and add back ''
					elseif  f.sub(str, -5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then	-- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' 
						trim = true;											-- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
					elseif f.sub(str, -4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then	-- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' 
						trim = true;											-- same question
					end
				elseif end_chr == "]" then										-- if it might be wikimarkup
					if f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then			-- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink 
						trim = true;
					elseif f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then		-- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link 
						trim = true;
					elseif  f.sub(str, -2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then		-- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
						trim = true;
					elseif f.sub(str, -4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then	-- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
						trim = true;
					end
				elseif end_chr == " " then										-- if last char of output string is a space
					if f.sub(str, -2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then			-- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
						str = f.sub(str, 1,-3);									-- remove them both
					end
				end

				if trim then
					if value ~= comp then 										-- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
						local dup2 = duplicate_char;
						if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end	-- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
						
						value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 )		-- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
					else
						value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 );							-- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
					end
				end
			end
			str = str .. value;													--add it to the output string
		end
	end
	return str;
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------

returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 2–9.  Puncutation not allowed.

]]

local function is_suffix (suffix)
	if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
		return true;
	end
	return false;
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------

For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.

This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F

|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods

This original test:
	if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
was written ouside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the unicode characters so that it is not necessary
to use an external editor to maintain this code.

	\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
	\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
	\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
	\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)

]]

local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
	local first, suffix = first:match ('(.-),?%s*([%dJS][%drndth]+)%.?$') or first;		-- if first has something that looks like a generational suffix, get it

	if is_set (suffix) then
		if not is_suffix (suffix) then
			add_vanc_error ('suffix');
			return false;														-- not a name with an appropriate suffix
		end
	end
	if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
		nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
			add_vanc_error ('non-Latin character');
			return false;														-- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
	end;
	return true;
end


--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------

Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc.  

Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.

Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.

This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().

]]

local function reduce_to_initials(first)
	local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");

	if not name then															-- if not initials and a suffix
		name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$");								-- is it just intials?
	end

	if name then																-- if first is initials with or without suffix
		if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then										-- if one or two initials
			if suffix then														-- if there is a suffix
				if is_suffix (suffix) then										-- is it legitimate?
					return first;												-- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
				else
					add_vanc_error ('suffix');									-- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
					return first;												-- and return first unmolested
				end
			else
				return first;													-- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
			end
		end
	end																			-- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word


	local initials, names = {}, {};												-- tables to hold name parts and initials
	local i = 1;																-- counter for number of initials

	names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+');									-- split into a table of names and possible suffix

	while names[i] do															-- loop through the table
		if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then				-- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
			names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', '');								-- remove terminal dot if present
			if is_suffix (names[i]) then										-- if a legitimate suffix
				table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]);						-- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table
				break;															-- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
			end																	-- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
		end
		if 3 > i then
			table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1));				-- insert the intial at end of initials table
		end
		i = i+1;																-- bump the counter
	end
			
	return table.concat(initials)												-- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end


--[[--------------------------< L I S T  _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------

Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors) 

]]

local function list_people(control, people, etal)
	local sep;
	local namesep;
	local format = control.format
	local maximum = control.maximum
	local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
	local text = {}

	if 'vanc' == format then													-- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
		sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc'];									-- name-list separator between authors is a comma
		namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc'];							-- last/first separator is a space
	else
		sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl'];										-- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
		namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name'];									-- last/first separator is <comma><space>
	end
	
	if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
	if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end					-- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
	
	for i,person in ipairs(people) do
		if is_set(person.last) then
			local mask = person.mask
			local one
			local sep_one = sep;
			if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
				etal = true;
				break;
			elseif (mask ~= nil) then
				local n = tonumber(mask)
				if (n ~= nil) then
					one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
				else
					one = mask;
					sep_one = " ";
				end
			else
				one = person.last
				local first = person.first
				if is_set(first) then
					if ( "vanc" == format ) then								-- if vancouver format
						one = one:gsub ('%.', '');								-- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
						if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then		-- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
							first = reduce_to_initials(first)					-- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
						end
					end
					one = one .. namesep .. first;
				end
				if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
					one = make_wikilink (person.link, one);						-- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
				end
			end
			table.insert( text, one )
			table.insert( text, sep_one )
		end
	end

	local count = #text / 2;													-- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
	if count > 0 then 
		if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
			text[#text-2] = " & ";												-- replace last separator with ampersand text
		end
		text[#text] = nil;														-- erase the last separator
	end
	
	local result = table.concat(text)											-- construct list
	if etal and is_set (result) then											-- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
		result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];					-- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
	end
	
	return result, count
end


--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------

Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.

namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order.  year is Year or anchor_year.

]]
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
	local names={};																-- a table for the one to four names and year
	for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do												-- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
		names[i] = v.last 
		if i == 4 then break end												-- if four then done
	end
	table.insert (names, year);													-- add the year at the end
	local id = table.concat(names);												-- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
	if is_set (id) then															-- if concatenation is not an empty string
		return "CITEREF" .. id;													-- add the CITEREF portion
	else
		return '';																-- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------

Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al.  If found,
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.

This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal

]]

local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)

	if is_set (name) then														-- name can be nil in which case just return
		local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$"	-- variations on the 'et al' theme
		local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers";					-- and alternate to et al.
		
		if name:match (etal_pattern) then										-- variants on et al.
			name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, '');								-- if found, remove
			etal = true;														-- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
			if not nocat then													-- no categorization for |vauthors=
				add_maint_cat ('etal');											-- and add a category if not already added
			end
		elseif name:match (others_pattern) then									-- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
			name = name:gsub (others_pattern, '');								-- if found, remove
			etal = true;														-- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
			if not nocat then													-- no categorization for |vauthors=
				add_maint_cat ('etal');											-- and add a category if not already added
			end
		end
	end
	return name, etal;															-- 
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------

Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extranious editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc.
These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters.  If found, the function
adds the editor markup maintenance category.

]]

local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name)
	local _, pattern;
	local patterns = {															-- these patterns match annotations at end of name
		'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$',							-- (ed) or (eds): leading '(', case insensitive 'ed', optional 's', '.' and/or ')'
		'[,%.%s]%f[e]eds?%.?$',													-- ed or eds: without '('or ')'; case sensitive (ED could be initials Ed could be name)
		'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$',			-- (editor) or (editors): leading '(', case insensitive, optional '.' and/or ')'
		'[,%.%s]%f[Ee][Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?$',						-- editor or editors: without '('or ')'; case insensitive
		
																				-- these patterns match annotations at beginning of name
		'^eds?[%.,;]',															-- ed. or eds.: lower case only, optional 's', requires '.'
		'^[%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]',									-- (ed) or (eds): also sqare brackets, case insensitive, optional 's', '.'
		'^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%A',							-- (editor or (editors: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets, 's'
		'^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Ee][Dd]%A',								-- (edited: also sq brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets
		}

	if is_set (name) then
		for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do									-- spin through patterns table and
			if name:match (pattern) then
				add_maint_cat ('extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);	-- add a maint cat for this template
				break;
			end
		end
	end
	return name;																-- and done
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------

Evaluates the content of author and editor (surnames only) parameters for multiple names.  Multiple names are
indicated if there is more than one comma and or semicolon.  If found, the function adds the multiple name
(author or editor) maintenance category.

]]

local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
local count, _;
	if is_set (name) then
		_, count = name:gsub ('[;,]', '');										-- count the number of separator-like characters
		
		if 1 < count then														-- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separator character is acceptable
			add_maint_cat ('mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);	-- more than one separator indicates multiple names so add a maint cat for this template
		end
	end
	return name;																-- and done
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding
parameters.

]]

local function name_checks (last, first, list_name)
	if is_set (last) then
		if last:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then										-- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written 
			last = last:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$');								-- strip parens
		else
			last = name_has_mult_names (last, list_name);						-- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
			last = name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name);						-- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
		end
	end
	if is_set (first) then
		if first:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then									-- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written 
			first = first:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$');								-- strip parens
		else
			first = name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name);						-- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
		end
	end
	return last, first;															-- done
	end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
Gets name list from the input arguments

Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.

This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.

When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps 'et al.' out of the 
template's metadata.  When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.

]]

local function extract_names(args, list_name)
	local names = {};			-- table of names
	local last;					-- individual name components
	local first;
	local link;
	local mask;
	local i = 1;				-- loop counter/indexer
	local n = 1;				-- output table indexer
	local count = 0;			-- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
	local etal=false;			-- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter

	local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list';		-- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
	while true do
		last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i );		-- search through args for name components beginning at 1
		first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );

		last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false);							-- find and remove variations on et al.
		first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false);						-- find and remove variations on et al.
		last, first= name_checks (last, first, list_name);						-- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc checks
		
		if first and not last then												-- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } );	-- add this error message
		elseif not first and not last then										-- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
			count = count + 1;													-- number of times we haven't found last and first
			if 2 <= count then													-- two missing names and we give up
				break;															-- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
			end
		else																	-- we have last with or without a first
			link_title_ok (link, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i, last, list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-last' .. i);	-- check for improper wikimarkup

			names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false};	-- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
			n = n + 1;															-- point to next location in the names table
			if 1 == count then													-- if the previous name was missing
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } );		-- add this error message
			end
			count = 0;															-- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- point to next args location
	end
	
	return names, etal;															-- all done, return our list of names
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------

Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.

Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect
or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is
found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code.  When there is no match, we
return the original language name string.

mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') returns a list of languages that in some cases may include
extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'.  Most (all?) of these languages are not used a 'language' codes per se, rather they
are used as sub-domain names: cbk-zam.wikipedia.org.  These names can be found (for the time being) at
https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/diffusion/ECLD/browse/master/LocalNames/LocalNamesEn.php

Names but that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example,
if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'.  When names are found
and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the Wikimedia language name.

Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.

]]

local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code)
	if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()] then									-- if there is a remapped name (because MediaWiki uses something that we don't think is correct)
		return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][2];	-- for this language 'name', return a possibly new name and appropriate code
	end

	local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all')		-- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
																				-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
	local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang);										-- lower case version for comparisons
	
	for code, name in pairs(languages) do										-- scan the list to see if we can find our language
		if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
			if 2 ~= code:len() and 3 ~= code:len() then							-- two- or three-character codes only; extensions not supported
				return name;													-- so return the name but not the code
			end
			return name, code;													-- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the the code
		end
	end
	return lang;																-- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for the code
end


--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------

Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code is recognized by MediaWiki,
use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.

When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for
that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).  For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned
to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.

Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does not recognize three-character
equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized bit code 'ara' is not.

This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are
separated from each other by commas.

]]

local function language_parameter (lang)
	local code;																	-- the two- or three-character language code
	local name;																	-- the language name
	local language_list = {};													-- table of language names to be rendered
	local names_table = {};														-- table made from the value assigned to |language=

	local this_wiki = mw.getContentLanguage();									-- get a language object for this wiki
	local this_wiki_code = this_wiki:getCode()									-- get this wiki's language code
	local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(this_wiki_code, this_wiki_code);	-- get this wiki's language name

	names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*');								-- names should be a comma separated list

	for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do										-- reuse lang

		if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then											-- strip ietf language tags from code; TODO: is there a need to support 3-char with tag?
			lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-')										-- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code?
		end
		if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then								-- if two-or three-character code
			name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), this_wiki_code);	-- get language name if |language= is a proper code
			if not is_set (name) then
				name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang];								-- not supported by MediaWiki; is it in remap?
			end
		end
	
		if is_set (name) then													-- if |language= specified a valid code
			code = lang:lower();												-- save it
		else
			name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code);				-- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
		end
	
		if is_set (code) then													-- only 2- or 3-character codes
			name = cfg.lang_code_remap[code] or name;							-- override wikimedia when they misuse language codes/names
		end
		
		table.insert (language_list, name);
		name = '';																-- so we can reuse it
	end
	
	code = #language_list														-- reuse code as number of languages in the list
	if 2 >= code then
		name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ')							-- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
	elseif 2 < code then
		language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code];					-- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
		name = table.concat (language_list, ', ')								-- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
	end
	if this_wiki_name == name then
		return '';																-- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
	end
	return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name));								-- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
	--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
	so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
	]]
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------

Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
At en.wiki, for cs1:
	ps gets:	'.'
	sep gets:	'.'

]]

local function set_cs1_style (ps)
	if not is_set (ps) then														-- unless explicitely set to something
		ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs1'];										-- terminate the rendered citation
	end
	return cfg.presentation['sep_cs1'], ps;										-- element separator
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------

Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
At en.wiki, for cs2:
	ps gets:	'' (empty string - no terminal punctuation)
	sep gets:	','

]]

local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
	if not is_set (ps) then														-- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
		ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs2'];										-- terminate the rendered citation
	end
	if not is_set (ref) then													-- if |ref= is not set
		ref = "harv";															-- set default |ref=harv
	end
	return cfg.presentation['sep_cs2'], ps, ref;								-- element separator
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------

When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
rendered style.

]]

local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
	local sep;
	if (cite_class == "citation") then											-- for citation templates (CS2)
		sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
	else																		-- not a citation template so CS1
		sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
	end

	return sep, ps, ref															-- return them all
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------

Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.

]]

local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
	local sep;
	if 'cs2' == mode then														-- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
		sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
	elseif 'cs1' == mode then													-- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
		sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
	else																		-- anything but cs1 or cs2
		sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class);		-- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
	end
	if 'none' == ps:lower() then												-- if assigned value is 'none' then
		ps = '';																-- set to empty string
	end
	
	return sep, ps, ref
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------

Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
applying the pdf icon to external links.

returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false

]=]

local function is_pdf (url)
	return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]');
end


--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------

Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
not have a matching url parameter.  If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.

]]

local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
	if is_set (format) then
		format = wrap_style ('format', format);									-- add leading space, parentheses, resize
		if not is_set (url) then
			format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} );	-- add an error message
		end
	elseif is_pdf (url) then													-- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
		format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF');									-- set format to pdf
	else
		format = '';															-- empty string for concatenation
	end
	return format;
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------

Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a boolean flag
to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.

When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
some variant of the text 'et al.').

When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.  This will cause the list_people() to display all of
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'

In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.

inputs:
	max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
	count: #a or #e
	list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
	etal: author_etal or editor_etal

]]

local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
	if is_set (max) then
		if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then						-- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
			max = count + 1;													-- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
			etal = true;														-- overrides value set by extract_names()
		elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then											-- if is a string of numbers
			max = tonumber (max);												-- make it a number
			if max >= count then												-- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
				add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]);
			end
		else																	-- not a valid keyword or number
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } );		-- add error message
			max = nil;															-- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
		end
	end
	
	return max, etal;
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------

Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp. 
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.

check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
	good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
	bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP

]]

local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
	local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]';											-- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
	local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';

	if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or  page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
		add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
	end
end


--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------

split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter.  This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parnetheses were included in the
rendered citation and in the metadata.  Individual author names may be wikilinked

	|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))

]=]

local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
	local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*");						-- names are separated by commas
	local wl_type, label, link;													-- wl_type not used here; just a place holder
	
	local i = 1;
	
	while name_table[i] do
		if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then						-- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parens
			local name = name_table[i];
			i=i+1;																-- bump indexer to next segment
			while name_table[i] do
				name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i];							-- concatenate with previous segments
				if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then						-- if this table member has the closing doubled parens
					break;														-- and done reassembling so
				end
				i=i+1;															-- bump indexer
			end
			table.insert (output_table, name);									-- and add corporate name to the output table
			table.insert (output_link_table, '');								-- no wikilink
		else
			wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (name_table[i]);					-- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
			table.insert (output_table, label);									-- add this name
			if 1 == wl_type then
				table.insert (output_link_table, label);						-- simple wikilink [[D]]
			else
				table.insert (output_link_table, link);							-- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
			end
		end
		i = i+1;
	end	
	return output_table;
end


--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------

This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.

Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.

Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.

This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.

]]

local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
	local names = {};															-- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
	local v_name_table = {};
	local v_link_table = {};													-- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
	local etal = false;															-- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
	local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
	local corporate = false;

	vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true);							-- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
	v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table);						-- names are separated by commas

	for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
		if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then									-- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection
			first = '';															-- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
			last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$')								-- remove doubled parntheses
			corporate = true;													-- flag used in list_people()
		elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
			if v_name:find('[;%.]') then										-- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; 
				add_vanc_error ('punctuation');
			end
			local lastfirstTable = {}
			lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
			first = table.remove(lastfirstTable);								-- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
			if is_suffix (first) then											-- if a valid suffix
				suffix = first													-- save it as a suffix and
				first = table.remove(lastfirstTable);							-- get what should be the initials from the table
			end																	-- no suffix error message here because letter combination may be result of Romanization; check for digits?
			last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ")							-- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
			if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
				add_vanc_error ('missing comma');								-- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
			end
			if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then						-- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
				add_vanc_error ('name');										-- matches a space between two intiials
			end
		else
			first = '';															-- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
			last = v_name;														-- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
		end
																
		if is_set (first) then
			if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then						-- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
				add_vanc_error ('initials');									-- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
			end
			is_good_vanc_name (last, first);									-- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
			if is_set (suffix) then
				first = first .. ' ' .. suffix;									-- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
				suffix = '';													-- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
			end
		else
			if not corporate then
				is_good_vanc_name (last, '');
			end
		end

		link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
		mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate};		-- add this assembled name to our names list
	end
	return names, etal;															-- all done, return our list of names
end


--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------

Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.

Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest

When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.

Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.

In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.

]]

local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local lastfirst = false;
	if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or		-- do this twice incase we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
		select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or	-- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
		select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
		select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
			lastfirst=true;
	end

	if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or								-- these are the three error conditions
		(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
		(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
			local err_name;
			if 'AuthorList' == list_name then									-- figure out which name should be used in error message
				err_name = 'author';
			else
				err_name = 'editor';
			end
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
				{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } );				-- add error message
	end

	if true == lastfirst then return 1 end;										-- return a number indicating which author name source to use
	if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
	if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
	return 1;																	-- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last 
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------

This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
in the source template) the function returns true.  If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.

]]

local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible)
	if not is_set (value) then
		return true;															-- an empty parameter is ok
	elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
		return true;
	else
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } );	-- not an allowed value so add error message
		return false
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------

This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
single space character.

]]

local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
	if (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. '. ') then						-- if already properly terminated
		return name_list;														-- just return the name list
	elseif (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then	-- if last name in list ends with sepc char
		return name_list .. " ";												-- don't add another
	else
		return name_list .. sepc .. ' ';										-- otherwise terninate the name list
	end
end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------

returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.

]]
	
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
	if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then
		return '';
	end
	
	if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
		if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
			return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
		elseif is_set (volume) then
			return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
		else
			return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
		end
	end

	local vol = '';
		
	if is_set (volume) then
		if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then
			vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume});
		else
			vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)});
		end
	end
	if is_set (issue) then
		return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
	end
	return vol;
end


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------

adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
The return order is:
	page, pages, sheet, sheets

Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.

]]

local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
	if 'map' == cite_class then													-- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
		if is_set (sheet) then
			if 'journal' == origin then
				return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
			else
				return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
			end
		elseif is_set (sheets) then
			if 'journal' == origin then
				return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
			else
				return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
			end
		end
	end

	local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
	
	if is_set (page) then
		if is_journal then
			return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
		elseif not nopp then
			return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
		else
			return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
		end
	elseif is_set(pages) then
		if is_journal then
			return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
		elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then										-- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
			return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
		elseif not nopp then
			return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
		else
			return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
		end
	end
	
	return '', '', '', '';														-- return empty strings
end


--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------

Check archive.org urls to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the 
save snapshot url or to calendar pages.  When the archive url is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the url.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
unwitting readers to do.

When the archive.org url does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.

This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
|archive-date= and an error message when:
	|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command url
	|archive-url= is an archive.org url that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
		correct place
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=

There are two mostly compatible archive.org urls:
	//web.archive.org/<timestamp>...		-- the old form
	//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>...	-- the new form

The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag.  There are four identified flags
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.

This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this funct may return a modified
archive url:
	for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
	for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the url unmodified
	for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)

]=]

local function archive_url_check (url, date)
	local err_msg = '';															-- start with the error message empty
	local path, timestamp, flag;												-- portions of the archive.or url
	
	if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then		-- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine url
		return url, date;														-- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
	end

	if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then								-- if a save command url, we don't want to allow saving of the target page 
		err_msg = 'save command';
		url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1);				-- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
	elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
		err_msg = 'liveweb';
	else
		path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/');		-- split out some of the url parts for evaluation
		
		if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then					-- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
			err_msg = 'timestamp';
			if '*' ~= flag then
				url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1)	-- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat)
			end
		elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then								-- older archive urls do not have the extra 'web/' path element
			err_msg = 'path';
		elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then							-- flag not allowed with the old form url (without the 'web/' path element)
			err_msg = 'flag';
		elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then					-- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
			err_msg = 'flag';
		else
			return url, date;													-- return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
		end
	end
																				-- if here, something not right so
	table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } );	-- add error message and
	if is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then
		return '', '';															-- return empty strings for archiveURL and ArchiveDate
	else
		return url, date;														-- preview mode so return archiveURL and ArchiveDate
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------

Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
parameter that is missing its pipe:
	{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}}

cs1|2 shares some parameter names with xml/html atributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives xml/html
tags are removed before the search.

If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.

]]

local function missing_pipe_check (value)
	local capture;
	value = value:gsub ('%b<>', '');											-- remove xml/html tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc 

	capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%a%d]+)%s*=');	-- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
	if capture and validate (capture) then								-- if the capture is a valid parameter name
		add_maint_cat ('missing_pipe');
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------

This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.

]]

local function citation0( config, args)
	--[[ 
	Load Input Parameters
	The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
	]]
	local A = argument_wrapper( args );
	local i 

	-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
	-- define different field names for the same underlying things.	

-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.
	local Mode = A['Mode'];
	if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then
		Mode = '';
	end

	local author_etal;
	local a	= {};																-- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
	local Authors;
	local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];
	local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];

	do																			-- to limit scope of selected
		local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
		if 1 == selected then
			a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList');				-- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
		elseif 2 == selected then
			NameListFormat = 'vanc';											-- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
			a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList');	-- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
		elseif 3 == selected then
			Authors = A['Authors'];												-- use content of |authors=
			if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then							-- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
				add_maint_cat ('authors');										-- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
			end
		end
		if is_set (Collaboration) then
			author_etal = true;													-- so that |display-authors=etal not required
		end
	end

	local Others = A['Others'];

	local editor_etal;
	local e	= {};																-- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
	local Editors;

	do																			-- to limit scope of selected
		local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
		if 1 == selected then
			e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList');				-- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
		elseif 2 == selected then
			NameListFormat = 'vanc';											-- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
			e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList');	-- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
		elseif 3 == selected then
			Editors = A['Editors'];												-- use content of |editors=
			add_maint_cat ('editors');											-- but add a maint cat because use of this parameter is discouraged
		end
	end

	local t = {};																-- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
	local Translators;															-- assembled translators name list
	t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList');									-- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=

	local interviewers_list = {};
	local Interviewers = A['Interviewers']
	if is_set (Interviewers) then												-- add a maint cat if the |interviewers= is used
		add_maint_cat ('interviewers');											-- because use of this parameter is discouraged
	else
		interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList');			-- else, process preferred interviewers parameters
	end

	local c = {};																-- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
	local Contributors;															-- assembled contributors name list
	local Contribution = A['Contribution'];
	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then	-- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
		c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList');							-- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
		
		if 0 < #c then
			if not is_set (Contribution) then									-- |contributor= requires |contribution=
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'অবদান')});	-- add missing contribution error message
				c = {};															-- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
			end
			if 0 == #a then														-- |contributor= requires |author=
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'লেখক')});	-- add missing author error message
				c = {};															-- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
			end
		end
	else																		-- if not a book cite
		if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then	-- are there contributor name list parameters?
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')});	-- add contributor ignored error message
		end
		Contribution = nil;														-- unset
	end

	if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then			-- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
		NameListFormat = '';													-- anything else, set to empty string
	end

	local Year = A['Year'];
	local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
	local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
	local Date = A['Date'];
	local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
	------------------------------------------------- Get title data
	local Title = A['Title'];
	local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
	local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
	local Conference = A['Conference'];
	local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
	local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
	local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
			link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title');	-- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set

	local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
	local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
	local ChapterLink	-- = A['ChapterLink'];									-- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
	local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
	local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
	local Degree = A['Degree'];
	local Docket = A['Docket'];
	local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];

	local ArchiveDate;
	local ArchiveURL;

	ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
	
	local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then	-- set in config.defaults to 'yes'
			DeadURL = '';														-- anything else, set to empty string
		end

	local URL = A['URL']
	local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');											-- get name of parameter that holds URL
	local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
	local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL');							-- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
	local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
	local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
	local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
	local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
	local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical');							-- get the name of the periodical parameter

	local Series = A['Series'];
	
	local Volume;
	local Issue;
	local Page;
	local Pages;
	local At;

	if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then
		Volume = A['Volume'];
	end
																				-- conference & map books do not support issue
	if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then
		Issue = A['Issue'];
	end
	local Position = '';
	if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
		Page = A['Page'];
		Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );	
		At = A['At'];
	end

	local Edition = A['Edition'];
	local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
	local Place = A['Place'];
	
	local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
	local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
			RegistrationRequired=nil;
		end

	local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
			SubscriptionRequired=nil;
		end

	local UrlAccess = A['UrlAccess'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (UrlAccess, 'ইউআরএল-সংগ্রহ', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then
			UrlAccess = nil;
		end
		if not is_set(URL) and is_set(UrlAccess) then
			UrlAccess = nil;
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } );
		end

		if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then			-- while not aliases, these are much the same so if both are set
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'subscription')}, true ) } );		-- add error message
			SubscriptionRequired = nil;											-- unset; prefer |access= over |subscription=
		end
		if is_set (UrlAccess) and is_set (RegistrationRequired) then			-- these are not the same but contradictory so if both are set
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'url-access') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'registration')}, true ) } );		-- add error message
			RegistrationRequired = nil;											-- unset; prefer |access= over |registration=
		end

	local ChapterUrlAccess = A['ChapterUrlAccess'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (ChapterUrlAccess, 'chapter-url-access', cfg.keywords ['url-access']) then	-- same as url-access
			ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
		end
		if not is_set(ChapterURL) and is_set(ChapterUrlAccess) then
			ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_access_requires_param', {'chapter-url'}, true ) } );
		end

	local Via = A['Via'];
	local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
	local Agency = A['Agency'];

	local Language = A['Language'];
	local Format = A['Format'];
	local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
	local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
	local ID = A['ID'];
	local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
	local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
			IgnoreISBN = nil;													-- anything else, set to empty string
		end
	local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
	local Class = A['Class'];													-- arxiv class identifier

	local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
	local ID_access_levels = extract_id_access_levels( args, ID_list );

	local Quote = A['Quote'];

	local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
	local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
	local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
	local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
	local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
	local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] 
	local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL

	local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
			LastAuthorAmp = nil;												-- set to empty string
		end

	local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
			no_tracking_cats = nil;												-- set to empty string
		end

	--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
	local use_lowercase;														-- controls capitalization of certain static text
	local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle();								-- also used for COinS and for language
	local anchor_year;															-- used in the CITEREF identifier
	local COinS_date = {};														-- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification

	local DF = A['DF'];															-- date format set in cs1|2 template
	if not is_valid_parameter_value (DF, 'df', cfg.keywords['date-format']) then	-- validate reformatting keyword
		DF = '';																-- not valid, set to empty string
	end

	local sepc;											-- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
	local PostScript;
	local Ref;
	sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
	use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' );					-- used to control capitalization for certain static text

	--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
	if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then										-- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
		if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
			no_tracking_cats = "true";											-- set no_tracking_cats
		end
		for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do						-- cycle through page name patterns
			if this_page.text:match (v) then									-- test page name against each pattern
				no_tracking_cats = "true";										-- set no_tracking_cats
				break;															-- bail out if one is found
			end
		end
	end

	-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
	select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' );		-- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category

	local NoPP = A['NoPP'] 
	if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
		NoPP = true;
	else
		NoPP = nil;																-- unset, used as a flag later
	end

	if is_set(Page) then
		if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
			Pages = '';															-- unset the others
			At = '';
		end
		extra_text_in_page_check (Page);										-- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
	elseif is_set(Pages) then
		if is_set(At) then
			At = '';															-- unset
		end
		extra_text_in_page_check (Pages);										-- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
	end	

	-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
	if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
		PublicationPlace = Place;							-- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
	end
	
	if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end		-- don't need both if they are the same
	
	--[[
	Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
	When the citation has these parameters:
		|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
		|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
		|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title
	
		|trans-title maps to |trans-chapter when |title is re-mapped
		|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped
	
	All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
	
	]]

local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];

	if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then	-- test code for citation
		if is_set(Periodical) then												-- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
			if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
				if not is_set(Chapter) then
					Chapter = Title;											-- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
					ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
					TransChapter = TransTitle;
					ChapterURL = URL;
					ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;

					if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
						Chapter = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
					end
					Title = Periodical;
					ChapterFormat = Format;
					Periodical = '';											-- redundant so unset
					TransTitle = '';
					URL = '';
					Format = '';
					TitleLink = '';
					ScriptTitle = '';
				end
			else																-- |title not set
				Title = Periodical;												-- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
				Periodical = '';												-- redundant so unset
			end
		end
	end

	-- Special case for cite techreport.
	if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then								-- special case for cite techreport
		if is_set(A['Number']) then												-- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
			if not is_set(ID) then												-- can we use ID for the "number"?
				ID = A['Number'];												-- yes, use it
			else																-- ID has a value so emit error message
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
			end
		end	
	end

	-- special case for cite mailing list
	if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
		Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
	elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then
		Periodical = '';														-- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list
	end

	-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
		if is_set(BookTitle) then
			Chapter = Title;
--			ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- |chapterlink= is deprecated
			ChapterURL = URL;
			ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
			ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
			URLorigin = '';
			ChapterFormat = Format;
			TransChapter = TransTitle;
			Title = BookTitle;
			Format = '';
--			TitleLink = '';
			TransTitle = '';
			URL = '';
		end
	elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
		Conference = '';														-- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
	end

	-- cite map oddities
	local Cartography = "";
	local Scale = "";
	local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
	local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
	if config.CitationClass == "map" then
		Chapter = A['Map'];
		ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
		ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
		TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
		ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
		ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
		
		Cartography = A['Cartography'];
		if is_set( Cartography ) then
			Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
		end		
		Scale = A['Scale'];
		if is_set( Scale ) then
			Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
		end
	end

	-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
		local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
		local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];

		link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series');	-- check for wikimarkup in |series-link= or wikimarkup in |series= when |series-link= is set

		local Network = A['Network'];
		local Station = A['Station'];
		local s, n = {}, {};
																				-- do common parameters first
		if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
		if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
		ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
		
		if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then							-- promote airdate to date
			Date = AirDate;
		end

		if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then								-- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
			local Season = A['Season'];
			local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];

			if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then					-- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } );		-- add error message
				SeriesNumber = '';												-- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
			end
																				-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
			if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
			if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
			if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
			Issue = '';															-- unset because this is not a unique parameter
	
			Chapter = Title;													-- promote title parameters to chapter
			ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
			ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- alias episodelink
			TransChapter = TransTitle;
			ChapterURL = URL;
			ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
			ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
			
			Title = Series;														-- promote series to title
			TitleLink = SeriesLink;
			Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' ');								-- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number

			if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then			-- link but not URL
				Chapter = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
			elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then			-- if both are set, URL links episode;
				Series = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
			end
			URL = '';															-- unset
			TransTitle = '';
			ScriptTitle = '';
			
		else																	-- now oddities that are cite serial
			Issue = '';															-- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
			Chapter = A['Episode'];												-- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
			if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
				Series = make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
			end
			Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series);						-- series is italicized
		end	
	end
	-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff

	-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, before generation of COinS data.
	do
		if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then
			if not is_set (ID_list[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then			-- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true ) } );		-- add error message
			end
			
			if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
				Periodical = 'arXiv';											-- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
			end

			if 'biorxiv' == config.CitationClass then
				Periodical = 'bioRxiv';											-- set to bioRxiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
			end

			if 'citeseerx' == config.CitationClass then
				Periodical = 'CiteSeerX';										-- set to CiteSeerX for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
			end
		end
	end

	-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
		TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
		if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then						-- special case for cite thesis
			TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
		end
	end

	if is_set(TitleType) then													-- if type parameter is specified
		TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType);				-- display it in parentheses
	-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
	end

	-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
	if not is_set (Date) then
		Date = Year;															-- promote Year to Date
		Year = nil;																-- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
		if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then					-- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
			Date = PublicationDate;												-- promote PublicationDate to Date
			PublicationDate = '';												-- unset, no longer needed
		end
	end

	if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end					-- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation

	--[[
	Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
	we get the date used in the metadata.
	
	Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
	]]
	do	-- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
		local error_message = '';
																				-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
		local date_parameters_list = {['সংগ্রহের-তারিখ']=AccessDate, ['আর্কাইভের-তারিখ']=ArchiveDate, ['তারিখ']=Date, ['ডিওআই-ভাঙ্গার-তারিখ']=DoiBroken,
				['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['প্রকাশনার-তারিখ']=PublicationDate, ['বছর']=Year};

		anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date);
-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
		if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then
			add_prop_cat ('jul_greg_uncertainty');
		end
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization

		if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then									-- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; 
			local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
			if 0 == mismatch then												-- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
				if is_set (error_message) then									-- if there is already an error message
					error_message = error_message .. ', ';						-- tack on this additional message
				end
				error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
			elseif 1 == mismatch then											-- |year= matches year-value in |date=
				add_maint_cat ('date_year');
			end
		end
		
		if not is_set(error_message) then										-- error free dates only
			local modified = false;												-- flag
			
			if is_set (DF) then													-- if we need to reformat dates
				modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF, false);	-- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
			end

			if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then			-- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
				modified = true;
				add_maint_cat ('date_format');									-- hyphens were converted so add maint category
			end
			
	-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language,
	-- uncomment these three lines.  Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons)
	-- set date_name_xlate() second argument to true to translate English digits to local digits (will translate ymd dates)
			if date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, true) then
				modified = true;
			end

			if modified then													-- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
				AccessDate = date_parameters_list['সংগ্রহের-তারিখ'];				-- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
				ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['আর্কাইভের-তারিখ'];
				Date = date_parameters_list['তারিখ'];
				DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['ডিওআই-ভাঙ্গার-তারিখ'];
				LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'];
				PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['প্রকাশনার-তারিখ'];
			end
		else
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } );	-- add this error message
		end
	end	-- end of do

	-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set.  Do this after date check but before COInS.
	-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
	Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo);

	if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
		if not is_set (Embargo) then											-- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
			URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC'];				-- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
			URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1];					-- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
			if is_set(AccessDate) then											-- access date requires |url=; pmc created url is not |url=
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
				AccessDate = '';												-- unset
			end

		end
	end

	-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
	-- Test if citation has no title
	if	not is_set(Title) and
		not is_set(TransTitle) and
		not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
			if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then							-- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this?
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'ধারাবাহিক'}, true ) } );
			else
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'শিরোনাম'}, true ) } );
			end
	end
	
	if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then	-- special case for journal cites
		Title = '';																-- set title to empty string
		add_maint_cat ('untitled');
	end

	check_for_url ({															-- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL
		['title']=Title,
		[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,
		[A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical,
		[A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName
		});

	-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
	-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
	-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
	-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap 
	
	local coins_chapter = Chapter;												-- default assuming that remapping not required
	local coins_title = Title;													-- et tu
	if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
		if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then		-- if all are used then
			coins_chapter = Title;												-- remap
			coins_title = Periodical;
		end
	end
	local coins_author = a;														-- default for coins rft.au 
	if 0 < #c then																-- but if contributor list
		coins_author = c;														-- use that instead
	end

	-- this is the function call to COinS()
	local OCinSoutput = COinS({
		['Periodical'] = Periodical,
		['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,
		['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter),			-- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
		['Degree'] = Degree;													-- cite thesis only
		['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle),				-- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
		['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
		['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate,											-- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
		['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
		['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '',	-- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
		['Series'] = Series,
		['Volume'] = Volume,
		['Issue'] = Issue,
		['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)),				-- pages stripped of external links
		['Edition'] = Edition,
		['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
		['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
		['Authors'] = coins_author,
		['ID_list'] = ID_list,
		['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
	}, config.CitationClass);

	-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, and {{cite citeseerx}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
	if in_array (config.CitationClass, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) then	-- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, or CiteSeerX now unset so it isn't displayed
		Periodical = '';														-- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
	end

	-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
	if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
		if is_set (PublisherName) then
			PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'), nil ));
		end
	end



	-- Now perform various field substitutions.
	-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
	-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
	local EditorCount;															-- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
	do
		local last_first_list;
		local control = { 
			format = NameListFormat,											-- empty string or 'vanc'
			maximum = nil,														-- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
			lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
			page_name = this_page.text,											-- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
			mode = Mode
		};

		do																		-- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
			control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
			last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);

			if is_set (Editors) then
				if editor_etal then
					Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];			-- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
					EditorCount = 2;											-- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
				else
					EditorCount = 2;											-- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
				end
			else
				Editors = last_first_list;										-- either an author name list or an empty string
			end

			if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then		-- only one editor displayed but includes etal then 
				EditorCount = 2;												-- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
			end
		end
		do																		-- now do interviewers
			control.maximum = #interviewers_list;							-- number of interviewerss
			Interviewers = list_people(control, interviewers_list, false);	-- et al not currently supported
		end
		do																		-- now do translators
			control.maximum = #t;												-- number of translators
			Translators = list_people(control, t, false);						-- et al not currently supported
		end
		do																		-- now do contributors
			control.maximum = #c;												-- number of contributors
			Contributors = list_people(control, c, false);						-- et al not currently supported
		end
		do																		-- now do authors
			control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);

			last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);

			if is_set (Authors) then
				Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false);	-- find and remove variations on et al.
				if author_etal then
					Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];			-- add et al. to authors parameter
				end
			else
				Authors = last_first_list;										-- either an author name list or an empty string
			end
		end																		-- end of do
	
		if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then
			Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')';					-- add collaboration after et al.
		end

	end

	-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
	-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
	ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
	ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
	Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
	LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
	TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');

	-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
	if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
			ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
	end

	if not is_set(URL) then
		if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then	-- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
		end
		
		-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
		if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then					-- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
			AccessDate = '';
		end
	end

	local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess;
	DeadURL = DeadURL:lower();													-- used later when assembling archived text
	if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
		if is_set (ChapterURL) then 											-- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
			OriginalURL = ChapterURL;											-- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
			OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin;								-- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages
			OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat;										-- and original |format=
			if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
				ChapterURL = ArchiveURL											-- swap-in the archive's url
				ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')						-- name of archive-url parameter for error messages
				ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or '';							-- swap in archive's format
			end
		elseif is_set (URL) then
			OriginalURL = URL;													-- save copy of original source URL
			OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin;										-- name of url parameter for error messages
			OriginalFormat = Format; 											-- and original |format=
			OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
			if 'no' ~= DeadURL then												-- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
				URL = ArchiveURL												-- swap-in the archive's url
				URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')								-- name of archive url parameter for error messages
				Format = ArchiveFormat or '';									-- swap in archive's format
				UrlAccess = nil;												-- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived urls
			end
 		end
	end

	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or	-- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
			local chap_param;
			if is_set (Chapter) then											-- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
			elseif is_set (TransChapter) then
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
			elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
			elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter')
			else is_set (ChapterFormat)
				chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
			end

			if is_set (chap_param) then											-- if we found one
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } );		-- add error message
				Chapter = '';													-- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
				TransChapter = '';
				ChapterURL = '';
				ScriptChapter = '';
				ChapterFormat = '';
			end
	else																		-- otherwise, format chapter / article title
		local no_quotes = false;												-- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
		if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then								-- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
			if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then	-- and a generic contribution title
				no_quotes = true;												-- then render it unquoted
			end
		end

		Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess);		-- Contribution is also in Chapter
		if is_set (Chapter) then
			Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
			if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
				Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType;							-- map annotation here; not after title
			end
			Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' ';
		elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then										-- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
			Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';								-- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
		end
	end

	-- Format main title.
	if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then												-- if elipsis is the last three characters of |title=
		Title = mw.ustring.gsub (Title, '(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1');					-- limit the number of dots to three
	elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.') then						-- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism
		Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%'..sepc..'$', '');						-- remove any trailing separator character
	end
	if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
		Title = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title);
	end

	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx'}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
		('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then			-- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
			Title = kern_quotes (Title);										-- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
			Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
			Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle);					-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
			TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
	elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then								-- no styling for cite report
		Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle);						-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
		TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );				-- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
	else
		Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
		Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle);						-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
		TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
	end

	local TransError = "";
	if is_set(TransTitle) then
		if is_set(Title) then
			TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
		else
			TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'শিরোনাম'} );
		end
	end
	
	if is_set(Title) then
		if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
			
			Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin, UrlAccess ) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format;
			URL = '';															-- unset these because no longer needed
			Format = "";
		else
			Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
		end
	else
		Title = TransTitle .. TransError;
	end

	if is_set(Place) then
		Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
	end

	if is_set (Conference) then
		if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
			Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
		end
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
	elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin, nil );
	end

	if not is_set(Position) then
		local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
		local Time = A['Time'];

		if is_set(Minutes) then
			if is_set (Time) then
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
			end
			Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
		else
			if is_set(Time) then
				local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
				if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
					TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
					if sepc ~= '.' then
						TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
					end
				end
				Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
			end
		end
	else
		Position = " " .. Position;
		At = '';
	end

	Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);

	At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
	Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
	if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
		local Section = A['Section'];
		local Sections = A['Sections'];
		local Inset = A['Inset'];
		
		if is_set( Inset ) then
			Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
		end			

		if is_set( Sections ) then
			Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
		elseif is_set( Section ) then
			Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
		end
		At = At .. Inset .. Section;		
	end	

	if is_set (Language) then
		Language = language_parameter (Language);								-- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
	else
		Language="";															-- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
	--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
	so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
	]]
	end

	Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
	
	if is_set (Translators) then
		Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
	end
	if is_set (Interviewers) then
		Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
	end
	
	TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
	if is_set (Edition) then
		if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
			add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');
		end
		Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
	else
		Edition = '';
	end

	Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
		OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";		-- TODO: presentation

	Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";

	Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);

	------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
	if is_set(Via) then
		Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
	end

	--[[
	Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
	note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
	
	]]
	if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
		SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription'];		-- subscription required message
	elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
		SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration'];		-- registration required message
	else
		SubscriptionRequired = '';												-- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
	end

	if is_set(AccessDate) then
		local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']

		AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate);									-- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
		if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end				-- if mode is cs2, lower case
		AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate);						-- add retrieved text

		AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate});	-- allow editors to hide accessdates
	end
	
	if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
   	if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
		ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
	end
   	if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then					-- for cite report when |docket= is set
		ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket;												-- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
	end

	ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {IdAccessLevels=ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );

	if is_set(URL) then
		URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin, UrlAccess );
	end

	if is_set(Quote) then
		if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then				-- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
			Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2);											-- strip them off
		end
		Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); 				-- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
		PostScript = "";														-- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
	end
	
	local Archived
	if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
		if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
			ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
		end
		if "no" == DeadURL then
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
				{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
			if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
				Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');							   
			end
		elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then											-- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
				Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate;	-- format already styled
				if 'bot: unknown' == DeadURL then
					add_maint_cat ('bot:_unknown');								-- and add a category if not already added
				else
					add_maint_cat ('unfit');									-- and add a category if not already added
				end
			else																-- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'
				Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
					{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } );	-- format already styled
			end	
		else
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, 
				{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
		end
	elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
		Archived = ArchiveFormat;												-- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
	else
		Archived = ""
	end
	
	local Lay = '';
	if is_set(LayURL) then
		if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
		if is_set(LaySource) then 
			LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
		else
			LaySource = "";
		end
		if sepc == '.' then
			Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
		else
			Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
		end			
	elseif is_set (LayFormat) then												-- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
		Lay = sepc .. LayFormat;												-- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
	end

	if is_set(Transcript) then
		if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
			Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
		end
		Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
	elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
		Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin, nil );
	end

	local Publisher;
	if is_set(PublicationDate) then
		PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
	end
	if is_set(PublisherName) then
		if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
			Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
		else
			Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;  
		end			
	elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then 
		Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
	else 
		Publisher = PublicationDate;
	end
	
	-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
	if is_set(Periodical) then
		if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then 
			Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) 
		else 
			Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
		end
	end

	--[[
	Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
	the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
	]]
	if "speech" == config.CitationClass then				-- cite speech only
		TitleNote = " (Speech)";							-- annotate the citation
		if is_set (Periodical) then							-- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter 
			if is_set (Conference) then						-- and if |event= is set
				Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " ";		-- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
			end
		end
	end

	-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
	-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
	-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.

	local tcommon;
	local tcommon2;																-- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
	
	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
		if is_set(Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end		-- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here?
		tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
	elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then		-- special cases for book cites
		if is_set (Contributors) then											-- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc );					-- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
			tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
		else
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
		end

	elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then									-- special cases for cite map
		if is_set (Chapter) then												-- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
		elseif is_set (Periodical) then											-- map in a periodical
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
		else																	-- a sheet or stand-alone map
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
		end
		
	elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then								-- special case for cite episode
		tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );

	else																		-- all other CS1 templates
		tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, 
			Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
	end
	
	if #ID_list > 0 then
		ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
	else
		ID_list = ID;
	end
	
	local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
	local text;
	local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;

	if is_set(Date) then
		if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then							-- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
			Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " ";				-- in paranetheses
		else																	-- neither of authors and editors set
			if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then							-- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
				Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear;									-- Date does not begin with sepc
			else
				Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear;							-- Date begins with sepc
			end
		end
	end	
	if is_set(Authors) then
		if (not is_set (Date)) then												-- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
			Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc);						-- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
		end
		if is_set(Editors) then
			local in_text = " ";
			local post_text = "";
			if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then
				in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
				if (sepc ~= '.') then
					in_text = in_text:lower()									-- lowercase for cs2
				 end
			else
				if EditorCount <= 1 then
					post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
				else
					post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
				end
			end 
			Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc);	-- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
		end
		if is_set (Contributors) then											-- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc
			local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
			if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end					-- lowercase for cs2
			Authors = by_text .. Authors;										-- author follows title so tweak it here
			if is_set (Editors) and is_set (Date) then							-- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
				Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc);					-- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
			end
			if (not is_set (Date)) then											-- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
				Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc);		-- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
			end
			text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
		else
			text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
		end
	elseif is_set(Editors) then
		if is_set(Date) then
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
			else
				Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
			end
		else
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			else
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			end
		end
		text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
	else
		if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
			text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
		else
			text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
		end
	end
	
	if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
		text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
		text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
	end	
	
	text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );

	-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
	local options = {};
	
	if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
		options.class = config.CitationClass;
		options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass;					-- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
	else
		options.class = "citation";
	end
	
	if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then								-- set reference anchor if appropriate
		local id = Ref
		if ('harv' == Ref ) then
			local namelist = {};												-- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
			local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2);					-- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation

			if #c > 0 then														-- if there is a contributor list
				namelist = c;													-- select it
			elseif #a > 0 then													-- or an author list
				namelist = a;
			elseif #e > 0 then													-- or an editor list
				namelist = e;
			end
			if #namelist > 0 then												-- if there are names in namelist
				id = anchor_id (namelist, year);								-- go make the CITEREF anchor
			else
				id = '';														-- unset
			end
		end
		options.id = id;
	end
	
	if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then	-- remove <span> tags and other html-like markup; then get length of what remains
		z.error_categories = {};
		text = set_error('empty_citation');
		z.message_tail = {};
	end
	
	local render = {};															-- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation

	if is_set(options.id) then													-- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
		table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text}));	-- when |ref= is set
	else
		table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text}));	-- all other cases
	end		

	table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput}));		-- append metadata to the citation

	if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
		table.insert (render, ' ');
		for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
			if is_set(v[1]) then
				if i == #z.message_tail then
					table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1], v[2] ));
				else
					table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] ));
				end
			end
		end
	end

	if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
		table.insert (render, '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33; margin-left:0.3em">');
		for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			table.insert (render, v);
			table.insert (render, ' (');
			table.insert (render, make_wikilink (':Category:' .. v, 'link'));
			table.insert (render, ') ');
		end
		table.insert (render, '</span>');
	end
	
	no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
	if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
		for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
			table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
		end
		for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
		end
		for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do								-- append properties categories
			table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
		end
	end

	return table.concat (render);	
end


--[[--------------------------< C S 1 . C I T A T I O N >------------------------------------------------------

This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.

]]

function cs1.citation(frame)
	Frame = frame;																-- save a copy incase we need to display an error message in preview mode
	local pframe = frame:getParent()
	local validation, utilities, identifiers, metadata;
	
	if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then			-- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
		cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration');		-- load sandbox versions of support modules
		whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
		utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
		validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');
		identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
		metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
		
	else																		-- otherwise
		cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:स्रोत/रूपरेखा');				-- load live versions of support modules
		whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:स्रोत/सादातालिका');
		utilities = require ('Module:स्रोत/उपयोगिता');
		validation = require ('Module:स्रोत/पहुँच_मिति');
		identifiers = require ('Module:स्रोत/पहिचानकर्ता');
		metadata = require ('Module:स्रोत/COinS');
	end

	utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg);										-- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables
	identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities);							-- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
	validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities);							-- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
	metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities);								-- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module

	dates = validation.dates;													-- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation
	year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
	reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates;
	date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash;
	date_name_xlate = validation.date_name_xlate;

	is_set = utilities.is_set;													-- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
	in_array = utilities.in_array;
	substitute = utilities.substitute;
	error_comment = utilities.error_comment;
	set_error = utilities.set_error;
	select_one = utilities.select_one;
	add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat;
	wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style;
	safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics;
	is_wikilink = utilities.is_wikilink;
	make_wikilink = utilities.make_wikilink;

	z = utilities.z;															-- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

	extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids;										-- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
	build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list;
	is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed;
	extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels;
	
	make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title;								-- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
	get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages;
	COinS = metadata.COinS;

	local args = {};															-- table where we store all of the template's arguments
	local suggestions = {};														-- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
	local error_text, error_state;

	local config = {};															-- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
	for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
		config[k] = v;
--		args[k] = v;															-- debug tool that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}
	end	

	local capture;																-- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
	for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
		if v ~= '' then
			k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits);			-- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
			if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then			
				error_text = "";
				if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
					-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
					if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
						error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
					end
				elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then 
					error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
				else
					if nil == suggestions.suggestions then						-- if this table is nil then we need to load it
						if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then			-- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
							suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' );	-- use the sandbox version
						else
							suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:स्रोत/परामर्श' );			-- use the live version
						end
					end
					for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do		-- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
						capture = k:match (pattern);							-- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
						if capture then											-- if the pattern matches 
							param = substitute( param, capture );				-- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
							error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true );	-- set the error message
						end
					end
					if not is_set (error_text) then								-- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
						if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
							error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
						else
							error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
							v = '';												-- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
						end
					end
				end				  
				if error_text ~= '' then
					table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
				end				
			end
			missing_pipe_check (v);												-- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
																				-- TODO: is this the best place for this translation?
			args[k] = v;
		elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then						-- here when v is empty string
			args[k] = v;														-- why do we do this?  we don't support 'empty' parameters
		end		
	end	

	for k, v in pairs( args ) do
		if 'string' == type (k) then											-- don't evaluate positional parameters
			has_invisible_chars (k, v);
		end
	end
	
	if  args.title or args.url then												-- this code used at ne.wiki only; not maintained in en.wiki source
		add_maint_cat ('ne.wiki_uses_en-lang_params');							-- add maint cat if English parameter name |title= or |url= is used in the template
	end																			-- end ne.wiki only
	
	return citation0( config, args)
end

return cs1;